TW202210527A - Coloring composition, cured film, color filter, and display device - Google Patents

Coloring composition, cured film, color filter, and display device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW202210527A
TW202210527A TW110131501A TW110131501A TW202210527A TW 202210527 A TW202210527 A TW 202210527A TW 110131501 A TW110131501 A TW 110131501A TW 110131501 A TW110131501 A TW 110131501A TW 202210527 A TW202210527 A TW 202210527A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
coloring composition
resin
formula
mass
Prior art date
Application number
TW110131501A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
小川寛晃
柏木大助
山本啓之
Original Assignee
日商富士軟片股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商富士軟片股份有限公司
Publication of TW202210527A publication Critical patent/TW202210527A/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Optical Filters (AREA)

Abstract

Provided are: a coloring composition from which it is possible to form a cured film which has superior storage stability and in which mixing of color with other colors is suppressed; a coloring composition; a cured film; a color filter; and a display device. This coloring composition contains a coloring agent including a red coloring agent, a resin, a polymerizable compound, and a photoinitiator. The resin includes a resin EP including a repeating unit A having at least one cyclic ether group A selected from groups represented by formula (e-1) and groups represented by formula (e-2), and at least one repeating unit B selected from a repeating unit B-1 having an acid group and a repeating unit B-2 having a group in which an acid group is protected by a protecting group. In the coloring composition, Amax1/Amin1, which is the ratio of the maximum value Amax1 of absorbance with respect to light having a wavelength of 400-500 nm and a minimum value Amin1 of absorbance with respect to light having a wavelength of 550-700 nm, is 25 or more. When the absorbance with respect to light having a wavelength of 500 nm is defined as 1, a wavelength at which the absorbance becomes 0.3 exists in a range of 570-620 nm.

Description

著色組成物、硬化膜、彩色濾光片及顯示裝置Coloring composition, cured film, color filter, and display device

本發明係有關一種著色組成物。更詳細而言,有關一種用於彩色濾光片的紅色像素形成等之著色組成物。又,本發明係有關一種使用了著色組成物之硬化膜、彩色濾光片及顯示裝置。The present invention relates to a coloring composition. More specifically, it relates to a coloring composition used for red pixel formation of a color filter and the like. Moreover, this invention relates to the cured film using a coloring composition, a color filter, and a display apparatus.

在各種顯示裝置中,為了顯示圖像的彩色化而通常使用彩色濾光片。彩色濾光片使用包含著色劑、樹脂、聚合性化合物及光聚合起始劑之著色組成物製造(例如,專利文獻1等)。In various display devices, color filters are generally used to colorize a displayed image. The color filter is manufactured using a coloring composition containing a colorant, a resin, a polymerizable compound, and a photopolymerization initiator (for example, Patent Document 1, etc.).

[專利文獻1] 日本特開2018-087956號[Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2018-087956

當使用著色組成物製造彩色濾光片等時,亦可以使用剛製造的著色組成物來製造彩色濾光片。因此,要求著色組成物的保存穩定性優異。When manufacturing a color filter etc. using a coloring composition, a color filter can also be manufactured using the coloring composition just produced. Therefore, the storage stability of the coloring composition is required to be excellent.

通常,彩色濾光片具有複數種顏色的像素。具有這種複數種顏色的像素之彩色濾光片係將各種顏色的像素形成用著色組成物依序形成圖案而形成各種顏色的像素來製造的。Typically, color filters have pixels of multiple colors. A color filter having such a plurality of colors of pixels is manufactured by sequentially patterning the coloring composition for forming a pixel of each color into a pattern to form pixels of each color.

另一方面,近年來,有時還在耐熱性低的構件(例如,有機電致發光顯示元件等有機半導體元件)上形成彩色濾光片。這種構件的耐熱性低,因此期望例如在150℃以下的低溫程序中形成彩色濾光片的像素來抑制對支撐體的熱損傷。On the other hand, in recent years, color filters may be formed on members with low heat resistance (eg, organic semiconductor elements such as organic electroluminescence display elements). Since such a member has low heat resistance, it is desirable to suppress thermal damage to the support by forming the pixels of the color filter in a low-temperature process of 150° C. or lower, for example.

然而,在低溫程序中形成像素之情形下,像素的硬化程度有時不足,在形成其他顏色的像素時,有與其他顏色的著色組成物發生混色而分光特性容易發生變動之傾向。However, in the case of forming pixels in a low temperature process, the degree of hardening of the pixels may be insufficient, and when forming pixels of other colors, the coloring compositions of other colors tend to be mixed and the spectral characteristics tend to change.

又,依據本發明人的研究,已知在專利文獻1中所記載之著色組成物中,關於與其他顏色的混色亦有進一步改善的空間。Moreover, according to the research of the present inventors, it is known that the coloring composition described in Patent Document 1 has room for further improvement regarding color mixing with other colors.

藉此,本發明的目的為提供一種能夠形成保存穩定性優異且與其他顏色的混色得到抑制之硬化膜之著色組成物、硬化膜、彩色濾光片及顯示裝置。Accordingly, the object of the present invention is to provide a coloring composition, a cured film, a color filter, and a display device that can form a cured film that is excellent in storage stability and suppresses color mixing with other colors.

依據本發明人的研究,發現藉由使用後述著色組成物而能夠實現上述目的,從而完成了本發明。本發明提供以下內容。 <1>一種著色組成物,其係包含含有紅色著色劑之著色劑、樹脂、聚合性化合物及光聚合起始劑,其中 上述樹脂包含含有重複單元A和重複單元B之樹脂EP,前述重複單元A具有選自由式(e-1)表示之基團及由式(e-2)表示之基團中的至少一個環狀醚基A,前述重複單元B選自具有酸基之重複單元B-1及具有酸基被保護基保護之基團之重複單元B-2中之至少一個, 上述著色組成物之對波長400~500nm的光的吸光度的最大值Amax1 與對波長550~700nm的光的吸光度的最小值Amin1 之比Amax1 /Amin1 為25以上, 將對波長500nm的光的吸光度設為1時,吸光度成為0.3之波長存在於570~620nm的範圍內。

Figure 02_image001
式(e-1)中,RE1 表示氫原子或烷基,n表示0或1,*表示鍵結鍵; 式(e-2)中,環AE1 表示單環的脂肪族烴環,*表示鍵結鍵。 <2>如<1>所述之著色組成物,其中 上述樹脂EP中,上述環狀醚基A的含量為2.0~6.5mmol/g,上述酸基的含量與上述酸基被保護基保護之基團的含量的合計為0.45~2.35mmol/g。 <3>如<1>或<2>所述之著色組成物,其中 上述樹脂EP的上述環狀醚基A的含量、上述酸基的含量及上述酸基被保護基保護之基團的含量滿足下述式(1)的條件。 1.0≤(樹脂EP的上述環狀醚基A的含量(單位:mmol/g)/(樹脂EP的上述酸基的含量(單位:mmol/g)+(樹脂EP的上述酸基被保護基保護之基團的含量(單位:mmol/g))≤14.0    ……(1) <4>如<1>至<3>之任一項所述之著色組成物,其中 上述酸基為酚性羥基或羧基。 <5>如<1>至<4>之任一項所述之著色組成物,其中 上述保護基為由式(Y1)~(Y5)中的任一個表示之基團, 式(Y1):-C(RY1 )(RY2 )(RY3 ) 式(Y2):-C(=O)OC(RY4 )(RY5 )(RY6 ) 式(Y3):-C(RY7 )(RY8 )(ORY9 ) 式(Y4):-C(RY10 )(H)(ArY1 ) 式(Y5):-C(=O)(RY11 ) 式(Y1)中,RY1 ~RY3 分別獨立地表示烷基,RY1 ~RY3 中的2個可以鍵結而形成環; 式(Y2)中,RY4 ~RY6 分別獨立地表示烷基,RY4 ~RY6 中的2個可以鍵結而形成環; 式(Y3)中,RY7 及RY8 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基或芳基,RY7 及RY8 中的至少一個為烷基或芳基,RY9 表示烷基或芳基,RY7 或RY8 與RY9 可以鍵結而形成環; 式(Y4)中,ArY1 表示芳基,RY10 表示烷基或芳基, 式(Y5)中,RY11 表示烷基或芳基。 <6>如<1>至<5>之任一項所述之著色組成物,其中 上述著色劑進一步包含黃色著色劑。 <7>如<1>至<6>之任一項所述之著色組成物,其中 上述著色劑中的上述紅色著色劑的含量為70質量%以上。 <8>如<1>至<7>之任一項所述之著色組成物,其係用於在整個製程中在150℃以下的溫度下形成硬化膜。 <9>如<1>至<8>之任一項所述之著色組成物,其係用於彩色濾光片。 <10>如<1>至<9>之任一項所述之著色組成物,其係用於顯示裝置。 <11>一種硬化膜,其係藉由將<1>至<10>之任一項所述之著色組成物硬化而獲得。 <12>一種彩色濾光片,其係具有<11>所述之硬化膜。 <13>一種顯示裝置,其係具有<11>所述之硬化膜。 [發明效果]Based on the research of the present inventors, it was found that the above-mentioned object can be achieved by using a coloring composition described later, and the present invention was completed. The present invention provides the following. <1> A coloring composition comprising a colorant containing a red colorant, a resin, a polymerizable compound, and a photopolymerization initiator, wherein the resin comprises a resin EP containing a repeating unit A and a repeating unit B, the repeating unit A has at least one cyclic ether group A selected from the group represented by the formula (e-1) and the group represented by the formula (e-2), and the aforementioned repeating unit B is selected from the repeating unit B- having an acid group 1 and at least one of the repeating units B-2 having a group in which an acid group is protected by a protecting group, the maximum value Amax1 of the absorbance of the above-mentioned coloring composition for light with a wavelength of 400 to 500 nm, and the light with a wavelength of 550 to 700 nm. When the ratio A max1 /A min1 of the minimum value A min1 of the absorbance is 25 or more, and the absorbance for light having a wavelength of 500 nm is set to 1, the wavelength at which the absorbance becomes 0.3 exists in the range of 570 to 620 nm.
Figure 02_image001
In formula (e-1), R E1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, n represents 0 or 1, and * represents a bond; In formula (e-2), ring A E1 represents a monocyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon ring, * Represents a bond key. <2> The coloring composition according to <1>, wherein in the resin EP, the content of the cyclic ether group A is 2.0 to 6.5 mmol/g, and the content of the acid group and the acid group protected by the protecting group are combined. The total content of the groups is 0.45 to 2.35 mmol/g. <3> The coloring composition according to <1> or <2>, wherein the content of the above-mentioned cyclic ether group A, the content of the above-mentioned acid group, and the content of the above-mentioned acid group protected by a protective group of the above-mentioned resin EP The condition of the following formula (1) is satisfied. 1.0≤(The content of the above-mentioned cyclic ether group A of the resin EP (unit: mmol/g)/(the content of the above-mentioned acid group of the resin EP (unit: mmol/g) + (the above-mentioned acid group of the resin EP is protected by a protective group) (unit: mmol/g))≤14.0 ... (1) <4> The coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <3>, wherein the acid group is a phenolic hydroxyl group or a carboxyl group. <5> The coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <4>, wherein the protecting group is a group represented by any one of the formulae (Y1) to (Y5), and the formula ( Y1): -C(R Y1 )(R Y2 )(R Y3 ) Formula (Y2): -C(=O)OC(R Y4 )(R Y5 )(R Y6 ) Formula (Y3): -C(R Y7 )(R Y8 )(OR Y9 ) Formula (Y4): -C(R Y10 )(H)(Ar Y1 ) Formula (Y5): -C(=O)(R Y11 ) In formula (Y1), R Y1 to R Y3 each independently represent an alkyl group, and two of R Y1 to R Y3 may be bonded to form a ring; in formula (Y2), R Y4 to R Y6 each independently represent an alkyl group, and R Y4 to R Y6 Two of them can be bonded to form a ring; In formula (Y3), R Y7 and R Y8 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, and at least one of R Y7 and R Y8 is an alkyl group or an aryl group , R Y9 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, and R Y7 or R Y8 and R Y9 can be bonded to form a ring; In formula (Y4), Ar Y1 represents an aryl group, R Y10 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, formula (Y5) wherein, R Y11 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group. <6> The coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <5>, wherein the coloring agent further comprises a yellow coloring agent. <7> As in <1> The coloring composition according to any one of <6>, wherein the content of the red coloring agent in the coloring agent is 70% by mass or more. <8> The coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <7> The coloring composition is used for forming a cured film at a temperature below 150° C. in the whole process. <9> The coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <8>, which is used for A color filter. <10> The coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <9>, which is used in a display device. <11> A cured film obtained by adding <1> to The coloring composition described in any one of <10> is obtained by curing. <12> A color filter having the cured film described in <11>. <13> A display device having <11 >The above-mentioned cured film. [Effect of the invention]

依據本發明,能夠提供一種能夠形成保存穩定性良好且與其他顏色的混色得到抑制之硬化膜之著色組成物、使用了該著色組成物之硬化膜、彩色濾光片及顯示裝置。ADVANTAGE OF THE INVENTION According to this invention, the coloring composition which can form the cured film which is favorable in storage stability and the color mixing with other colors is suppressed, the cured film using this coloring composition, a color filter, and a display device can be provided.

以下,對本發明的內容進行詳細說明。 本說明書中之基團(原子團)的標記中,未標有經取代及未經取代之標記包含不具有取代基之基團(原子團),並且亦包含具有取代基之基團(原子團)。例如,所謂“烷基”不僅包含不具有取代基之烷基(未取代之烷基),而且還包含具有取代基之烷基(取代之烷基)。 本說明書中,所謂“曝光”,只要無特別說明,則除了使用了光之曝光以外,使用了電子束、離子束等粒子束之描繪亦包含在曝光中。又,作為曝光中所使用之光,通常可列舉以水銀燈的明線光譜、準分子雷射為代表之遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV光)、X射線、電子束等光化射線或放射線。 在本說明書中,使用“~”表示之數值範圍係指將記載於“~”的前後之數值作為下限值及上限值而包含之範圍。 本說明書中,總固體成分係指從組成物的所有成分中去除溶劑之成分的總質量。 本說明書中,“(甲基)丙烯酸酯”表示丙烯酸酯及丙烯酸甲酯這兩者或任一者,“(甲基)丙烯酸”表示丙烯酸及甲基丙烯酸這兩者或任一者,“(甲基)烯丙基”表示烯丙基及甲基烯丙基這兩者或任一者,“(甲基)丙烯醯基”表示丙烯醯基及甲基丙烯醯基這兩者或任一者。 本說明書中,“製程”這一用語,除了獨立之製程以外,即使在無法與其他製程明確地進行區分之情形下,只要發揮該製程的所預期的作用,則亦包含於本用語中。 本說明書中,重量平均分子量(Mw)及數平均分子量(Mn)定義為藉由凝膠滲透層析法(GPC)測量出的聚苯乙烯換算值。Hereinafter, the content of the present invention will be described in detail. In the notation of groups (atomic groups) in this specification, the notation of substituted and unsubstituted includes groups (atomic groups) without substituents and groups (atomic groups) with substituents. For example, the term "alkyl" includes not only unsubstituted alkyl groups (unsubstituted alkyl groups) but also substituted alkyl groups (substituted alkyl groups). In this specification, unless otherwise specified, the term "exposure" includes exposure using particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams in addition to exposure using light. In addition, the light used for exposure generally includes actinic rays such as bright-line spectrum of mercury lamps, and excimer lasers, extreme ultraviolet rays, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light), X-rays, and electron beams, and radiation. In this specification, the numerical range shown using "-" means the range which includes the numerical value described before and after "-" as a lower limit and an upper limit. In this specification, the total solid content refers to the total mass of the components excluding the solvent from all the components of the composition. In this specification, "(meth)acrylate" means both or either of acrylate and methyl acrylate, "(meth)acrylic acid" means both or either of acrylic acid and methacrylic acid, "((meth)acrylic acid)" "Meth)allyl" means both or either of allyl and methallyl, and "(meth)acryloyl" means both or either of acrylyl and methacryloyl By. In this specification, the term "process" is included in this term as long as the intended function of the process is exerted, except for an independent process, even if it cannot be clearly distinguished from other processes. In this specification, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) are defined as polystyrene conversion values measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC).

<著色組成物> 本發明的著色組成物包含含有紅色著色劑之著色劑、樹脂、聚合性化合物及光聚合起始劑,上述著色組成物的特徵為, 上述樹脂包含含有重複單元A和重複單元B之樹脂EP,前述重複單元A具有選自由式(e-1)表示之基團及由式(e-2)表示之基團中的至少一個環狀醚基A,前述重複單元B選自具有酸基之重複單元B-1及具有酸基被保護基保護之基團之重複單元B-2中之至少一個, 上述著色組成物之對波長400~500nm的光的吸光度的最大值Amax1 與對波長550~700nm的光的吸光度的最小值Amin1 之比Amax1 /Amin1 為25以上, 將對波長500nm的光的吸光度設為1時,吸光度成為0.3之波長存在於570~620nm的範圍內。<Coloring composition> The coloring composition of the present invention includes a colorant containing a red colorant, a resin, a polymerizable compound, and a photopolymerization initiator, and the coloring composition is characterized in that the resin contains a repeating unit A and a repeating unit. Resin EP of B, the aforementioned repeating unit A has at least one cyclic ether group A selected from the group represented by the formula (e-1) and the group represented by the formula (e-2), and the aforementioned repeating unit B is selected from At least one of the repeating unit B-1 having an acid group and the repeating unit B-2 having a group in which the acid group is protected by a protecting group, the maximum value A max1 of the absorbance of the above-mentioned coloring composition for light having a wavelength of 400 to 500 nm The ratio A max1 /A min1 to the minimum value A min1 of the absorbance for light with a wavelength of 550 to 700 nm is 25 or more, and when the absorbance for light with a wavelength of 500 nm is set to 1, the wavelength at which the absorbance becomes 0.3 exists in 570 to 620 nm. within the range.

依據本發明的著色組成物,能夠形成保存穩定性優異且與其他顏色的混色得到抑制之硬化膜。尤其,即使在150℃以下(較佳為120℃以下,進一步較佳為100℃以下)的低溫下形成硬化膜之情形下,亦能夠形成與其他顏色的混色得到抑制之硬化膜。According to the coloring composition of the present invention, it is possible to form a cured film which is excellent in storage stability and has suppressed color mixing with other colors. In particular, even when a cured film is formed at a low temperature of 150° C. or lower (preferably 120° C. or lower, more preferably 100° C. or lower), a cured film in which color mixing with other colors is suppressed can be formed.

可獲得這樣的效果之詳細理由尚不清楚,推測為基於以下者。推測具有上述分光特性之著色組成物在加熱並硬化著色組成物時,難以放熱,能夠有效地利用熱量使樹脂EP等硬化。又,可推測該樹脂EP為反應性高的樹脂。因此,可推測藉由在具有上述分光特性之著色組成物中含有上述樹脂EP,在加熱並硬化著色組成物時,著色組成物的硬化迅速進行,其結果即使在較低溫度下加熱亦能夠形成充分硬化之硬化膜。因此,可推測依據本發明的著色組成物,能夠形成與其他顏色的混色得到抑制之硬化膜。 又,可推測由於著色組成物具有上述特定分光特性,能夠抑制在保管時由外光引起之樹脂和聚合性化合物等硬化性成分的反應,其結果,具有優異的保存穩定性。The detailed reason why such an effect can be obtained is not clear, but it is presumed to be based on the following. It is presumed that the coloring composition having the above-mentioned spectroscopic properties is difficult to release heat when the coloring composition is heated and hardened, and the resin EP and the like can be hardened effectively by the heat. Moreover, this resin EP is presumed to be a resin with high reactivity. Therefore, it is presumed that by including the above-mentioned resin EP in the coloring composition having the above-mentioned spectroscopic properties, when the coloring composition is heated and hardened, the hardening of the coloring composition proceeds rapidly, and as a result, it is possible to form the coloring composition even when heated at a relatively low temperature. Fully hardened hardened film. Therefore, according to the coloring composition of this invention, it can be estimated that the cured film which suppresses color mixing with other colors can be formed. Moreover, since the coloring composition has the above-mentioned specific spectral characteristics, it is presumed that the reaction of the resin and the curable components such as the polymerizable compound caused by external light during storage can be suppressed, and as a result, it has excellent storage stability.

某一波長λ下的吸光度Aλ由以下式(Ab1)定義。 Aλ=-log(Tλ/100)……(Ab1) Aλ為波長λ下的吸光度,Tλ為波長λ的光的透射率(%)。The absorbance Aλ at a certain wavelength λ is defined by the following formula (Ab1). Aλ=-log(Tλ/100)…(Ab1) Aλ is the absorbance at wavelength λ, and Tλ is the transmittance (%) of light at wavelength λ.

在本發明中,著色組成物的吸光度的值可以為在溶液的狀態下測量之值,亦可以為使用著色組成物製膜之硬化膜的值。在硬化膜的狀態下測量吸光度之情形下,藉由旋塗法等方法在玻璃基板上塗佈著色組成物,並使用加熱板等在100℃的條件下乾燥2分鐘,接著,在光照度為20mW/cm2 、曝光量為1J/cm2 的條件下進行i射線曝光,接著,在100℃的加熱板上加熱20分鐘,使用自然冷卻至常溫而獲得之膜(硬化膜)進行測量為較佳。吸光度能夠使用以往公知的分光光度計來測量。In this invention, the value of the absorbance of a coloring composition may be the value measured in the state of a solution, and may be the value of the cured film formed into a film using the coloring composition. In the case of measuring the absorbance in the state of the cured film, the coloring composition is applied on a glass substrate by a method such as spin coating, and dried at 100° C. for 2 minutes using a hot plate or the like, and then, the light intensity is 20 mW. It is preferable to perform i-ray exposure under the conditions of an exposure dose of 1 J/cm 2 /cm 2 , and then heat it on a hot plate at 100° C. for 20 minutes, and use a film (cured film) obtained by natural cooling to room temperature for measurement. . The absorbance can be measured using a conventionally known spectrophotometer.

本發明的著色組成物之對波長400~500nm的光的吸光度的最大值Amax1 與對波長550~700nm的光的吸光度的最小值Amin1 之比Amax1 /Amin1 為25以上,50以上為較佳,100以上為更佳。上述比Amax1 /Amin1 的值越高,則可更顯著地獲得上述之本發明的效果,進而,容易設為與其他顏色的顏色分離性優異的紅色像素。因此,關於上述比Amax1 /Amin1 的值的上限,並無特別限定,但是例如,亦能夠設為10000以下,還能夠設為5000以下,還能夠設為1000以下。In the coloring composition of the present invention, the ratio A max1 /A min1 of the maximum value A max1 of the absorbance for light with a wavelength of 400 to 500 nm and the minimum value A min1 of the absorbance for light with a wavelength of 550 to 700 nm is 25 or more, and 50 or more is Preferably, more than 100 is more preferable. The higher the value of the ratio A max1 /A min1 , the more remarkably the effect of the present invention described above can be obtained, and further, it is easy to obtain a red pixel excellent in color separation from other colors. Therefore, the upper limit of the value of the above-mentioned ratio A max1 /A min1 is not particularly limited.

在將本發明的著色組成物所示的對波長500nm的光的吸光度設為1時,吸光度成為0.3之波長存在於570~620nm的範圍內,存在於575~615nm的範圍內為較佳,存在於580~610nm的範圍內為更佳,存在於585~605nm的範圍內為進一步較佳。When the absorbance to light having a wavelength of 500 nm shown by the coloring composition of the present invention is set to 1, a wavelength having an absorbance of 0.3 exists in the range of 570 to 620 nm, preferably in the range of 575 to 615 nm. It is more preferable to exist in the range of 580-610nm, and it is more preferable to exist in the range of 585-605nm.

在將本發明的著色組成物所示的對波長500nm的光的吸光度設為1時,吸光度成為0.5之波長存在於565~605nm的範圍內為較佳,存在於570~600nm的範圍內為更佳,存在於575~595nm的範圍內為進一步較佳。When the absorbance to light with a wavelength of 500 nm shown by the coloring composition of the present invention is set to 1, it is preferable that the wavelength with absorbance of 0.5 exists in the range of 565 to 605 nm, and even more preferably exists in the range of 570 to 600 nm. It is preferable that it exists in the range of 575-595 nm.

本發明的著色組成物之對波長400~500nm的光的吸光度的最大值Amax1 與對波長550nm的光的吸光度A550 之比Amax1 /A550 係2以下為較佳,1.75以下為更佳,1.5以下為進一步較佳。In the coloring composition of the present invention, the ratio of the maximum value A max1 of the absorbance to light with a wavelength of 400 to 500 nm, Amax1 , and the absorbance of light with a wavelength of 550 nm, A550, A max1 /A 550 is preferably 2 or less, more preferably 1.75 or less. , 1.5 or less is further better.

本發明的著色組成物之對波長400~500nm的光的吸光度的最大值Amax1 與對波長600nm的光的吸光度A600 之比Amax1 /A600 係5~15為較佳,6.5~13.5為更佳,8~12為進一步較佳。The coloring composition of the present invention has a ratio A max1 /A 600 of the maximum value A max1 of absorbance to light with a wavelength of 400 to 500 nm and an absorbance A 600 of light with a wavelength of 600 nm, preferably 5 to 15, and 6.5 to 13.5 is More preferably, 8-12 are more preferable.

本發明的著色組成物之對波長400~500nm的光的吸光度的最大值Amax1 與對波長650nm的光的吸光度A650 之比Amax1 /A650 係25以上為較佳,50以上為更佳,100以上為進一步較佳。The coloring composition of the present invention has a ratio A max1 /A 650 of the maximum value A max1 of the absorbance to light with a wavelength of 400 to 500 nm and the ratio A max1 /A 650 of the absorbance to light with a wavelength of 650 nm, preferably 25 or more, more preferably 50 or more. , 100 or more is further preferred.

本發明的著色組成物中,在形成膜厚為0.5~3.0μm的硬化膜時,膜的厚度方向上的對波長550~700nm的光之透射率的最大值係85%以上且平均透射率係50%以上為較佳,膜的厚度方向上的對波長550~700nm的光之透射率的最大值係90%以上且平均透射率係55%以上為更佳。In the coloring composition of the present invention, when a cured film having a film thickness of 0.5 to 3.0 μm is formed, the maximum value of the transmittance to light having a wavelength of 550 to 700 nm in the thickness direction of the film is 85% or more, and the average transmittance is 50% or more is preferable, and the maximum value of the transmittance to light having a wavelength of 550 to 700 nm in the thickness direction of the film is more preferably 90% or more and the average transmittance is 55% or more.

本發明的著色組成物在形成膜厚為0.5~3.0μm的硬化膜時,對波長500nm的光之透射率係1%以下為較佳,0.75%以下為更佳,0.5%以下為進一步較佳。又,對波長400~500nm的光之透射率的最大值係1%以下為較佳,0.75%以下為更佳,0.5%以下為進一步較佳。When the coloring composition of the present invention forms a cured film with a thickness of 0.5 to 3.0 μm, the transmittance to light with a wavelength of 500 nm is preferably 1% or less, more preferably 0.75% or less, and even more preferably 0.5% or less. . Furthermore, the maximum value of the transmittance to light having a wavelength of 400 to 500 nm is preferably 1% or less, more preferably 0.75% or less, and even more preferably 0.5% or less.

本發明的著色組成物的固體成分濃度係5~25質量%為較佳。上限係22.5質量%以下為較佳,20質量%以下為更佳,18質量%以下為進一步較佳。若固體成分濃度在上述範圍內,則即使在整個製程中在150℃以下的溫度(較佳為120℃以下的溫度)下形成硬化膜(像素)之情形下,亦能夠形成平坦性優異之硬化膜(像素)。The solid content concentration of the coloring composition of the present invention is preferably 5 to 25% by mass. The upper limit is preferably 22.5 mass % or less, more preferably 20 mass % or less, and even more preferably 18 mass % or less. If the solid content concentration is within the above-mentioned range, even when a cured film (pixel) is formed at a temperature of 150° C. or lower (preferably a temperature of 120° C. or lower) in the entire process, curing with excellent flatness can be formed. film (pixels).

本發明的著色組成物能夠較佳地用作彩色濾光片的像素形成用著色組成物,能夠更佳地用作彩色濾光片的紅色像素形成用著色組成物。The coloring composition of the present invention can be preferably used as a coloring composition for pixel formation of a color filter, and can be more preferably used as a coloring composition for forming a red pixel of a color filter.

本發明的著色組成物能夠較佳地用作顯示裝置用著色組成物。更詳細而言,能夠較佳地用作顯示裝置用彩色濾光片的像素形成用著色組成物,能夠更佳地用作顯示裝置用彩色濾光片的紅色像素形成用著色組成物。作為顯示裝置的種類,並無特別限定,但是可列舉具有有機電致發光顯示裝置等有機半導體元件作為光源之顯示裝置等。The coloring composition of the present invention can be preferably used as a coloring composition for display devices. More specifically, it can be preferably used as a coloring composition for forming a pixel of a color filter for a display device, and can be more preferably used as a coloring composition for forming a red pixel of a color filter for a display device. Although it does not specifically limit as a kind of display apparatus, The display apparatus etc. which have organic semiconductor elements, such as an organic electroluminescent display apparatus, as a light source are mentioned.

又,本發明的著色組成物還能夠用作固體攝像元件用著色組成物。更詳細而言,能夠較佳地用作固體攝像元件用彩色濾光片的像素形成用著色組成物,能夠更佳地用作固體攝像元件用彩色濾光片的紅色像素形成用著色組成物。In addition, the coloring composition of the present invention can also be used as a coloring composition for solid-state imaging elements. More specifically, it can be preferably used as a coloring composition for forming a pixel of a color filter for a solid-state imaging element, and can be preferably used as a coloring composition for forming a red pixel of a color filter for a solid-state imaging element.

本發明的著色組成物係用於在整個製程中在150℃以下的溫度(較佳為120℃以下的溫度)下形成硬化膜者亦為較佳。另外,在本說明書中,整個製程例如包括使用著色劑組成物形成硬化膜之製程。在本說明書中,在整個製程中在150℃以下的溫度下形成硬化膜係指在150℃以下的溫度下進行使用著色組成物形成硬化膜之所有製程,但並無限定。It is also preferable that the coloring composition of the present invention is used for forming a cured film at a temperature of 150° C. or lower (preferably a temperature of 120° C. or lower) in the entire process. In addition, in this specification, the whole process includes, for example, a process of forming a cured film using a colorant composition. In this specification, forming a cured film at a temperature of 150° C. or lower in the entire process refers to all processes of forming a cured film using a coloring composition at a temperature of 150° C. or lower, but is not limited.

由本發明的著色組成物形成之硬化膜及像素的厚度係0.5~3.0μm為較佳。下限係0.8μm以上為較佳,1.0μm以上為更佳,1.1μm以上為進一步較佳。上限係2.5μm以下為較佳,2.0μm以下為更佳,1.8μm以下為進一步較佳。It is preferable that the thickness of the cured film and pixel formed from the coloring composition of this invention is 0.5-3.0 micrometers. The lower limit is preferably 0.8 μm or more, more preferably 1.0 μm or more, and even more preferably 1.1 μm or more. The upper limit is preferably 2.5 μm or less, more preferably 2.0 μm or less, and even more preferably 1.8 μm or less.

又,由本發明的著色組成物形成之像素的線寬(圖案尺寸)係2.0~10.0μm為較佳。上限係7.5μm以下為較佳,5.0μm以下為更佳,4.0μm以下為進一步較佳。下限係2.25μm以上為較佳,2.5μm以上為更佳,2.75μm以上為進一步較佳。Moreover, it is preferable that the line width (pattern size) of the pixel formed from the coloring composition of this invention is 2.0-10.0 micrometers. The upper limit is preferably 7.5 μm or less, more preferably 5.0 μm or less, and even more preferably 4.0 μm or less. The lower limit is preferably 2.25 μm or more, more preferably 2.5 μm or more, and even more preferably 2.75 μm or more.

以下,對本發明的著色組成物進行詳細說明。Hereinafter, the coloring composition of the present invention will be described in detail.

<<著色劑>> 本發明的著色組成物含有著色劑。作為著色劑,可列舉紅色著色劑、綠色著色劑、藍色著色劑、黃色著色劑、紫色著色劑、橙色著色劑等彩色著色劑。在本發明中,著色劑可以為顏料,亦可以為染料。著色劑還可以併用顏料和染料。又,顏料可以為無機顏料、有機顏料中的任一種。又,對於顏料,還能夠使用由有機發色團取代無機顏料或有機‐無機顏料的一部分而得之材料。藉由用有機發色團取代無機顏料或有機‐無機顏料,能夠容易進行色相設計。在使用包含顏料作為著色劑者之情形下,容易形成耐熱性、耐光性等耐久性優異的硬化膜。在使用包含染料作為著色劑者之情形下,容易形成紅色的顏色再現區域更高的硬化膜。又,通常,使用染料獲得之硬化膜有相較於使用顏料獲得之硬化膜更容易發生混色之傾向,依據本發明,即使在作為著色劑而使用染料之情形下,亦能夠形成色移得到抑制之硬化膜,因此在使用包含染料作為著色劑者之情形下,特別有效。<<Colorant>> The coloring composition of this invention contains a coloring agent. Examples of the colorant include color colorants such as red colorants, green colorants, blue colorants, yellow colorants, purple colorants, and orange colorants. In the present invention, the colorant may be a pigment or a dye. A colorant may use a pigment and a dye together. In addition, the pigment may be either an inorganic pigment or an organic pigment. Moreover, as a pigment, the thing obtained by replacing a part of an inorganic pigment or an organic-inorganic pigment with an organic chromophore can also be used. Hue design can be easily performed by replacing inorganic pigments or organic-inorganic pigments with organic chromophores. When using what contains a pigment as a coloring agent, it becomes easy to form a cured film which is excellent in durability, such as heat resistance and light resistance. In the case of using those containing a dye as a colorant, it is easy to form a cured film with a higher red color reproduction area. Moreover, in general, the cured film obtained by using dyes tends to be more prone to color mixing than the cured films obtained by using pigments. According to the present invention, even when a dye is used as a colorant, color shift can be suppressed. Therefore, it is particularly effective in the case of using those containing dyes as colorants.

顏料的平均一次粒徑係1~200nm為較佳。下限係5nm以上為較佳,10nm以上為更佳。上限係180nm以下為較佳,150nm以下為更佳,100nm以下為進一步較佳。若顏料的平均一次粒徑在上述範圍內,則著色組成物中的顏料的分散穩定性良好。另外,在本發明中,顏料的一次粒徑能夠藉由透射型電子顯微鏡觀察顏料的一次粒子,並依據所獲得之圖像照片來求出。具體而言,求出顏料的一次粒子的投影面積,並計算與其相對應之等效圓直徑作為顏料的一次粒徑。又,本發明中的平均一次粒徑設為關於400個顏料的一次粒子的一次粒徑的算數平均值。又,顏料的一次粒子係指未凝聚的獨立粒子。The average primary particle size of the pigment is preferably 1 to 200 nm. The lower limit is preferably 5 nm or more, and more preferably 10 nm or more. The upper limit is preferably 180 nm or less, more preferably 150 nm or less, and even more preferably 100 nm or less. When the average primary particle size of the pigment is within the above-mentioned range, the dispersion stability of the pigment in the coloring composition will be favorable. In addition, in this invention, the primary particle diameter of a pigment can be calculated|required from the obtained image photograph by observing the primary particle of a pigment with a transmission electron microscope. Specifically, the projected area of the primary particles of the pigment is obtained, and the equivalent circle diameter corresponding thereto is calculated as the primary particle diameter of the pigment. In addition, the average primary particle diameter in this invention is made into the arithmetic mean value of the primary particle diameter of the primary particle of 400 pigments. In addition, the primary particles of the pigment refer to unagglomerated independent particles.

著色劑中還能夠使用色素多聚體。色素多聚體係溶解於溶劑中而使用之染料為較佳。又,色素多聚體可以形成粒子。在色素多聚體為粒子之情形下,通常在分散於溶劑中之狀態下使用。粒子狀態的色素多聚體例如能夠藉由乳化聚合而獲得,可列舉日本特開2015-214682號中所記載之化合物及製造方法來作為具體例。色素多聚體為在一分子中具有2個以上的色素結構者,具有3個以上的色素結構為較佳。上限並無特別限定,但是還能夠設為100個以下。在一分子中所具有之複數個色素結構可以為相同的色素結構,亦可以為不同的色素結構。色素多聚體的重量平均分子量(Mw)係2000~50000為較佳。下限係3000以上為更佳,6000以上為進一步較佳。上限係30000以下為更佳,20000以下為進一步較佳。色素多聚體還能夠使用日本特開2011-213925號、日本特開2013-041097號、日本特開2015-028144號、日本特開2015-030742號、國際公開第2016/031442號等記載之化合物。Pigment polymers can also be used in colorants. The dyestuffs used in the dyestuff polymer system dissolved in the solvent are preferred. In addition, the dye multimer can form particles. When the dye multimer is a particle, it is usually used in a state of being dispersed in a solvent. The dye multimer in a particle state can be obtained, for example, by emulsion polymerization, and specific examples thereof include the compounds and production methods described in JP-A No. 2015-214682. The dye multimer has two or more dye structures in one molecule, and preferably has three or more dye structures. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but can also be set to 100 or less. The plurality of pigment structures in one molecule may be the same pigment structure or may be different pigment structures. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the dye multimer is preferably 2,000 to 50,000. The lower limit is more preferably 3000 or more, and more preferably 6000 or more. The upper limit is more preferably 30,000 or less, and more preferably 20,000 or less. As the dye multimer, compounds described in JP 2011-213925 A, JP 2013-041097 A, JP 2015-028144 A, JP 2015-030742 A, and WO 2016/031442 A can also be used .

(紅色著色劑) 本發明的著色組成物含有紅色著色劑。紅色著色劑可以為顏料,亦可以為染料。還可以併用顏料和染料。從容易形成耐溶劑性優異之膜的理由考慮,紅色著色劑係顏料(紅色顏料)為較佳。(red colorant) The coloring composition of the present invention contains a red colorant. The red colorant may be a pigment or a dye. Pigments and dyes can also be used in combination. A red colorant-based pigment (red pigment) is preferable because it is easy to form a film having excellent solvent resistance.

作為紅色著色劑,選自口山口星化合物、蒽醌化合物、單偶氮化合物、重氮化合物、偶氮次甲基化合物、胺基酮化合物、喹吖酮化合物、苝化合物及二酮吡咯并吡咯化合物中之至少1種為較佳,選自蒽醌化合物、喹吖酮化合物、苝化合物及二酮吡咯并吡咯化合物中之至少1種為更佳,選自蒽醌化合物、苝化合物及二酮吡咯并吡咯化合物中之至少1種為進一步較佳,選自蒽醌化合物及二酮吡咯并吡咯化合物中之至少1種為更進一步較佳。其中,係在更長波側具有吸收之化合物,從更顯著地獲得本發明的效果之理由考慮,蒽醌化合物為特佳。As a red colorant, selected from the group consisting of Kouyama-guchi compound, anthraquinone compound, monoazo compound, diazo compound, azomethine compound, aminoketone compound, quinacridone compound, perylene compound and diketopyrrolopyrrole At least one compound is preferred, at least one selected from anthraquinone compounds, quinacridone compounds, perylene compounds and diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds is more preferred, selected from anthraquinone compounds, perylene compounds and diketones At least one kind of pyrrolopyrrole compounds is further preferred, and at least one kind selected from anthraquinone compounds and diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds is still more preferred. Among them, an anthraquinone compound is particularly preferable because it is a compound having absorption on the longer wavelength side, and the effect of the present invention is obtained more remarkably.

作為紅色顏料,可列舉比色指數(C.I.)Pigment Red 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,9,10,14,17,22,23,31,38,41,48:1,48:2,48:3,48:4,49,49:1,49:2,52:1,52:2,53:1,57:1,60:1,63:1,66,67,81:1,81:2,81:3,83,88,90,105,112,119,122,123,144,146,149,150,155,166,168,169,170,171,172,175,176,177,178,179,184,185,187,188,190,200,202,206,207,208,209,210,216,220,224,226,242,246,254,255,264,269,270,272,279,291,294,295,296,297等。As the red pigment, the color index (C.I.) Pigment Red 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10, 14, 17, 22, 23, 31, 38, 41, 48:1, 48:2, 48:3, 48:4, 49, 49:1, 49:2, 52:1, 52:2, 53:1, 57:1, 60:1, 63:1, 66, 67, 81:1, 81:2, 81:3, 83, 88, 90, 105, 112, 119, 122, 123, 144, 146, 149, 150, 155, 166, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179, 184, 185, 187, 188, 190, 200, 202, 206, 207, 208, 209, 210, 216, 220, 224, 226, 242, 246, 254, 255, 264, 269, 270, 272, 279, 291, 294, 295, 296, 297, etc.

作為紅色染料,可列舉C.I.酸性紅(C.I.Acid Red) 1,4,8,14,17,18,26,27,29,31,34,35,37,42,44,50,51,52,57,66,73,80,87,88,91,92,94,97,103,111,114,129,133,134,138,143,145,150,151,158,176,183,198,211,215,216,217,249,252,257,260,266,274等。As the red dye, C.I. Acid Red 1, 4, 8, 14, 17, 18, 26, 27, 29, 31, 34, 35, 37, 42, 44, 50, 51, 52, 57, 66, 73, 80, 87, 88, 91, 92, 94, 97, 103, 111, 114, 129, 133, 134, 138, 143, 145, 150, 151, 158, 176, 183, 198, 211, 215, 216, 217, 249, 252, 257, 260, 266, 274, etc.

作為紅色著色劑,還能夠使用日本特開2017-201384號中所記載之在結構中至少1個溴原子取代之二酮吡咯并吡咯化合物、日本專利第6248838號的段落0016~0022中所記載之二酮吡咯并吡咯化合物、國際公開第2012/102399號中所記載之二酮吡咯并吡咯化合物、國際公開第2012/117965號中所記載之二酮吡咯并吡咯化合物、日本特開2012-229344號中所記載之萘酚偶氮化合物、日本專利第6516119號中所記載之紅色著色劑、日本專利第6525101號中所記載之紅色著色劑、日本特開2020-090632號的0229段中所記載之溴化二酮吡咯并吡咯化合物、韓國公開專利第10-2019-0140741號中所記載之蒽醌化合物、韓國公開專利第10-2019-0140744號中所記載之蒽醌化合物、日本特開2020-079396號中所記載之苝化合物等。又,作為紅色著色劑,還能夠使用具有導入有氧原子、硫原子或氮原子鍵結於芳香族環而得之基團之芳香族環基鍵結於二酮吡咯并吡咯骨架而成之結構之化合物。As the red colorant, diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds substituted with at least one bromine atom in the structure described in JP 2017-201384 A and those described in paragraphs 0016 to 0022 of JP 6248838 can also be used Diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds, diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds described in International Publication No. 2012/102399, diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds described in International Publication No. 2012/117965, JP 2012-229344 A The naphthol azo compound described in, the red colorant described in Japanese Patent No. 6516119, the red colorant described in Japanese Patent No. 6525101, the paragraph 0229 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2020-090632 Brominated diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds, anthraquinone compounds described in Korean Laid-open Patent No. 10-2019-0140741, anthraquinone compounds described in Korean Laid-open Patent No. 10-2019-0140744, Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2020- The perylene compound and the like described in No. 079396. In addition, as the red colorant, a structure in which an aromatic ring group having a group in which an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or a nitrogen atom is introduced and bonded to an aromatic ring is bonded to a diketopyrrolopyrrole skeleton can also be used the compound.

作為紅色著色劑,就分光特性、耐久性等的觀點而言,C.I. Pigment Red 122,177,179,202,254,264,269,272為較佳,C.I. Pigment Red 177,179,202,254,264,269為更佳,C.I. Pigment Red 177,254,264,269為進一步較佳,C.I. Pigment Red 264為特佳。As the red colorant, C.I. Pigment Red 122, 177, 179, 202, 254, 264, 269, 272 is preferable, and C.I. Pigment Red 177, 179, 202, 254, 264, 269 are more preferred, C.I. Pigment Red 177, 254, 264, 269 are further preferred, and C.I. Pigment Red 264 is particularly preferred.

(其他著色劑) 本發明的著色組成物進一步含有除了紅色著色劑以外的其他著色劑為較佳。作為併用之其他著色劑,可列舉黃色著色劑、綠色著色劑、紫色著色劑、藍色著色劑、橙色著色劑等,就容易形成具有更適合於紅色之分光特性之硬化膜之理由而言,黃色著色劑為較佳。又,從容易形成耐溶劑性優異之膜的理由考慮,黃色著色劑係顏料(黃色顏料)為較佳。(other colorants) It is preferable that the coloring composition of this invention further contains other coloring agent other than a red coloring agent. As other colorants used in combination, a yellow colorant, a green colorant, a purple colorant, a blue colorant, an orange colorant, etc. are exemplified, and it is easy to form a cured film having spectral characteristics more suitable for red. Yellow colorants are preferred. Moreover, since it is easy to form a film excellent in solvent resistance, a yellow colorant-type pigment (yellow pigment) is preferable.

作為黃色著色劑,可列舉偶氮化合物、偶氮次甲基化合物、喹啉黃化合物、異吲哚啉酮化合物、異吲哚啉化合物、蝶啶基化合物及蒽醌化合物等,偶氮化合物、偶氮次甲基化合物、異吲哚啉化合物及喹啉黃化合物為較佳,異吲哚啉化合物及偶氮化合物為更佳,異吲哚啉化合物為特佳。As the yellow colorant, azo compounds, azomethine compounds, quinoline yellow compounds, isoindolinone compounds, isoindoline compounds, pteridine compounds, anthraquinone compounds, etc., azo compounds, Azomethine compounds, isoindoline compounds and quinoline yellow compounds are preferred, isoindoline compounds and azo compounds are more preferred, and isoindoline compounds are particularly preferred.

作為黃色著色劑,可列舉C.I.Pigment Yellow 1,2,3,4,5,6,10,11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18,20,24,31,32,34,35,35:1,36,36:1,37,37:1,40,42,43,53,55,60,61,62,63,65,73,74,77,81,83,86,93,94,95,97,98,100,101,104,106,108,109,110,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,123,125,126,127,128,129,137,138,139,147,148,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,161,162,164,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175,176,177,179,180,181,182,185,187,188,193,194,199,213,214,215,228,231,232,233,234,235,236等黃色顏料。Examples of yellow colorants include C.I. Pigment Yellow 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 24, 31, 32, 34, 35, 35: 1, 36, 36: 1, 37, 37: 1, 40, 42, 43, 53, 55, 60, 61, 62, 63, 65, 73, 74, 77, 81, 83, 86, 93, 94, 95, 97, 98, 100, 101, 104, 106, 108, 109, 110, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 123, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 137, 138, 139, 147, 148, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 161, 162, 164, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 179, 180, 181, 182, 185, 187, 188, 193, 194, 199, 213, 214, 215, 228, 231, 232, 233, 234, 235, 236 and other yellow pigments.

又,作為黃色著色劑,還能夠使用下述結構的偶氮巴比妥酸鎳錯合物(偶氮化合物)。

Figure 02_image003
Moreover, as a yellow coloring agent, the azobarbiturate nickel complex (azo compound) of the following structure can also be used.
Figure 02_image003

又,作為黃色著色劑,亦能夠使用日本特開2017-201003號中所記載之化合物、日本特開2017-197719號中所記載之化合物、日本特開2017-171912號的0011~0062、0137~0276段中所記載的化合物、日本特開2017-171913號的0010~0062、0138~0295段中所記載之化合物、日本特開2017-171914號的0011~0062、0139~0190段中所記載之化合物、日本特開2017-171915號的0010~0065、0142~0222段中所記載之化合物、日本特開2013-054339號的0011~0034段中所記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2014-026228號的0013~0058段中所記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2018-062644號中所記載之異吲哚啉化合物、日本特開2018-203798號中所記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2018-062578號中所記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本專利第6432076號中所記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2018-155881號中所記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2018-111757號中所記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2018-040835號中所記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2017-197640號中所記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2016-145282號中所記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2014-085565號中所記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2014-021139號中所記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2013-209614號中所記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2013-209435號中所記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2013-181015號中所記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2013-061622號中所記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2013-032486號中所記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2012-226110號中所記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2008-074987號中所記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2008-081565號中所記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2008-074986號中所記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2008-074985號中所記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2008-050420號中所記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2008-031281號中所記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特公昭48-032765號中所記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2019-008014號中所記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本專利第6607427號中所記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2019-073695號中所記載之次甲基染料、日本特開2019-073696號中所記載之次甲基染料、日本特開2019-073697號中所記載之次甲基染料、日本特開2019-073698號中所記載之次甲基染料、韓國公開專利第10-2014-0034963號中所記載之化合物、日本特開2017-095706號中所記載之化合物、台灣專利申請公開第201920495號中所記載之化合物、日本專利第6607427號中所記載之化合物、日本特開2020-033521號中所記載之喹啉黃二聚體。又,從提高色價的觀點考慮,亦較佳使用將該等化合物多聚體化者。又,黃色著色劑還能夠使用由下述式(QP1)表示之化合物、由下述式(QP2)表示之化合物。

Figure 02_image005
In addition, as the yellow coloring agent, the compounds described in JP 2017-201003 A, the compounds described in JP 2017-197719 A, and 0011-0062 and 0137-1 in JP 2017-171912 A can also be used. Compounds described in paragraph 0276, compounds described in paragraphs 0010-0062 and 0138-0295 of JP-A No. 2017-171913, compounds described in paragraphs 0011-0062 and 0139-0190 of JP-A No. 2017-171914 Compounds, compounds described in paragraphs 0010 to 0065 and 0142 to 0222 of JP 2017-171915 A, quinoline yellow compounds described in paragraphs 0011 to 0034 of JP 2013-054339 A, JP 2014- The quinoline yellow compound described in paragraphs 0013 to 0058 of No. 026228, the isoindoline compound described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2018-062644, the quinoline yellow compound described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2018-203798, The quinoline yellow compound described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2018-062578, the quinoline yellow compound described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 6432076, the quinoline yellow compound described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2018-155881, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2018- Quinoline yellow compound described in No. 111757, Quinoline yellow compound described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2018-040835, Quinoline yellow compound described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2017-197640, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2016-145282 The quinoline yellow compound described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2014-085565, the quinoline yellow compound described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2014-021139, the quinoline yellow compound described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2013-209614 The quinoline yellow compound described, the quinoline yellow compound described in JP 2013-209435 A, the quinoline yellow compound described in JP 2013-181015 A, the quinoline yellow compound described in JP 2013-061622 A Quinoline yellow compound, the quinoline yellow compound described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2013-032486, the quinoline yellow compound described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2012-226110, the quinoline yellow compound described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2008-074987 Yellow compounds, quinoline yellow compounds described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2008-081565, quinoline yellow compounds described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2008-074986, and quinoline yellow compounds described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2008-074985 , the quinoline yellow compound described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2008-050420, the quinoline yellow compound described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2008-031281, the quinoline yellow compound described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 48-032765, Japan special open The quinoline yellow compound described in No. 2019-008014, the quinoline yellow compound described in Japanese Patent No. 6607427, the methine dye described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2019-073695, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2019-073696 The methine dyes described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2019-073697, the methine dyes described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2019-073698, Korean Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 10-2014-0034963 The compound described in No., the compound described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2017-095706, the compound described in Taiwan Patent Application Publication No. 201920495, the compound described in Japanese Patent No. 6607427, the compound described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2020-033521 The quinoline yellow dimer described in No. In addition, from the viewpoint of increasing the color value, it is also preferable to use those compounds which are polymerized. Moreover, the compound represented by following formula (QP1) and the compound represented by following formula (QP2) can also be used for a yellow coloring agent.
Figure 02_image005

式(QP1)中,X1 ~X16 分別獨立地表示氫原子或鹵素原子,Z1 表示碳數1~3的伸烷基。作為由式(QP1)表示之化合物的具體例,可列舉日本專利第6443711號的段落0016中所記載之化合物。

Figure 02_image007
In formula (QP1), X 1 to X 16 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom, and Z 1 represents an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. Specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (QP1) include the compounds described in paragraph 0016 of Japanese Patent No. 6443711.
Figure 02_image007

式(QP2)中,Y1 ~Y3 分別獨立地表示鹵素原子。n、m表示0~6的整數,p表示0~5的整數。(n+m)為1以上。作為由式(QP2)表示之化合物的具體例,可列舉日本專利6432077號的段落0047~0048中所記載之化合物。In formula (QP2), Y 1 to Y 3 each independently represent a halogen atom. n and m represent an integer of 0 to 6, and p represents an integer of 0 to 5. (n+m) is 1 or more. Specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (QP2) include compounds described in paragraphs 0047 to 0048 of Japanese Patent No. 6432077.

作為黃色著色劑,就分光特性、耐久性等的觀點而言,C.I. Pigment Yellow 129,138,139,150,185,215為較佳,C.I. Pigment Yellow 139,150為更佳,C.I. Pigment Yellow 139為進一步較佳。As the yellow colorant, C.I. Pigment Yellow 129, 138, 139, 150, 185, 215 are preferable, C.I. Pigment Yellow 139, 150 are more preferable, and C.I. Further preferred.

作為綠色著色劑,可列舉C.I.Pigment Green 7,10,36,37,58,59,62,63,64,65,66等綠色顏料。又,作為綠色著色劑,還能夠使用一分子中的鹵素原子數平均為10~14個、溴原子數平均為8~12個、氯原子數平均為2~5個之鹵化鋅酞菁顏料。作為具體例,可列舉國際公開第2015/118720號中所記載之化合物。又,作為綠色著色劑,還能夠使用中國專利申請第106909027號說明書中所記載之化合物、具有國際公開第2012/102395號中所記載之磷酸酯作為配位體之酞菁化合物、日本特開2019-008014號中所記載之酞菁化合物及日本特開2018-180023號中所記載之酞菁化合物、日本特開2019-038958號中所記載之化合物、日本特開2020-076995號中所記載之核殼型色素等。Green pigments, such as C.I. Pigment Green 7, 10, 36, 37, 58, 59, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, are mentioned as a green coloring agent. Moreover, as a green coloring agent, the halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment whose average number of halogen atoms in one molecule is 10 to 14, the average number of bromine atoms is 8 to 12, and the average number of chlorine atoms is 2 to 5 can also be used. Specific examples include the compounds described in International Publication No. 2015/118720. In addition, as green colorants, compounds described in Chinese Patent Application No. 106909027, phthalocyanine compounds having phosphoric acid esters described in International Publication No. 2012/102395 as ligands, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2019 can also be used - The phthalocyanine compound described in No. 008014, the phthalocyanine compound described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2018-180023, the compound described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2019-038958, the compound described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2020-076995 Core-shell pigments, etc.

作為綠色著色劑,就分光特性、耐久性等的觀點而言,C.I. Pigment Green 7,36,37,58,59,65為較佳,C.I. Pigment Green 7,36,58,65為更佳,C.I. Pigment Green 7,36為進一步較佳。As the green colorant, C.I. Pigment Green 7, 36, 37, 58, 59, 65 are preferable, C.I. Pigment Green 7, 36, 58, 65 are more preferable, and C.I. Pigment Green 7, 36 is further preferred.

作為藍色著色劑,可列舉C.I.Pigment Blue 1,2,15,15:1,15:2,15:3,15:4,15:6,16,22,29,60,64,66,79,80,87,88等藍色顏料。又,作為藍色著色劑,還能夠使用具有磷原子之鋁酞菁化合物。作為具體例,可列舉日本特開2012-247591號的段落0022~0030、日本特開2011-157478號的段落0047中所記載的化合物。Examples of the blue colorant include C.I. Pigment Blue 1, 2, 15, 15:1, 15:2, 15:3, 15:4, 15:6, 16, 22, 29, 60, 64, 66, 79 , 80, 87, 88 and other blue pigments. Moreover, as a blue coloring agent, the aluminum phthalocyanine compound which has a phosphorus atom can also be used. Specific examples include the compounds described in paragraphs 0022 to 0030 of JP 2012-247591 A and paragraph 0047 of JP 2011-157478 A.

作為藍色著色劑,就分光特性、耐久性等的觀點而言,C.I. Pigment Blue 15,15:4,15:6,16,60,64,79為較佳,C.I. Pigment Blue 15:4,15:6,16,60,64為更佳,C.I. Pigment Blue 15:4,15:6為進一步較佳。As the blue colorant, C.I. Pigment Blue 15, 15:4, 15:6, 16, 60, 64, 79 is preferable, and C.I. Pigment Blue 15:4, 15 is preferable from the viewpoint of spectroscopic properties, durability, etc. : 6, 16, 60, 64 are more preferred, C.I. Pigment Blue 15: 4, 15: 6 are further preferred.

作為紫色著色劑,可列舉C.I.Pigment Violet 1,19,23,27,32,37,42,60,61等紫色顏料。Examples of the purple colorant include purple pigments such as C.I. Pigment Violet 1, 19, 23, 27, 32, 37, 42, 60, and 61.

作為橙色著色劑,可列舉C.I.Pigment Orange(顏料橙) 2,5,13,16,17:1,31,34,36,38,43,46,48,49,51,52,55,59,60,61,62,64,71,73等橙色顏料。As the orange colorant, C.I.Pigment Orange (Pigment Orange) 2, 5, 13, 16, 17:1, 31, 34, 36, 38, 43, 46, 48, 49, 51, 52, 55, 59, 60, 61, 62, 64, 71, 73 and other orange pigments.

在著色組成物的總固體成分中,著色劑的含量係5~70質量%為較佳。下限係10質量%以上為較佳,15質量%以上為更佳,20質量%以上為進一步較佳。上限係60質量%以下為較佳,55質量%以下為進一步較佳,50質量%以下為更進一步較佳。It is preferable that content of a coloring agent is 5-70 mass % in the total solid content of a coloring composition. The lower limit is preferably 10% by mass or more, more preferably 15% by mass or more, and even more preferably 20% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 60 mass % or less, more preferably 55 mass % or less, and still more preferably 50 mass % or less.

著色劑中的紅色著色劑的含量係70質量%以上為較佳,80質量%以上為更佳,90質量%以上為進一步較佳。著色劑中的紅色著色劑的含量的上限值係100質量%以下為較佳,95質量%以下為更佳。The content of the red colorant in the colorant is preferably 70% by mass or more, more preferably 80% by mass or more, and even more preferably 90% by mass or more. The upper limit of the content of the red colorant in the colorant is preferably 100% by mass or less, and more preferably 95% by mass or less.

著色組成物中所包含之著色劑包含紅色著色劑和黃色著色劑為較佳。又,相對於紅色著色劑100質量份,黃色著色劑的含量係3~45質量份為較佳。下限係5質量份以上為較佳,8質量份以上為更佳。上限係30質量份以下為較佳,15質量份以下為更佳。又,著色劑中的紅色著色劑和黃色著色劑的總含量係70質量%以上為較佳,80質量%以上為更佳,90質量%以上為進一步較佳。It is preferable that the coloring agent contained in a coloring composition contains a red coloring agent and a yellow coloring agent. Moreover, it is preferable that content of a yellow coloring agent is 3-45 mass parts with respect to 100 mass parts of red coloring agents. The lower limit is preferably 5 parts by mass or more, and more preferably 8 parts by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 30 parts by mass or less, more preferably 15 parts by mass or less. Moreover, the total content of the red colorant and the yellow colorant in the colorant is preferably 70% by mass or more, more preferably 80% by mass or more, and even more preferably 90% by mass or more.

<<樹脂>> 本發明的著色組成物包含樹脂。樹脂例如以將顏料等分散於著色組成物中之用途、黏合劑的用途進行摻合。另外,還將主要用於使顏料等分散於著色組成物中之樹脂稱為分散劑。但是,樹脂的這種用途為一例,亦能夠以除了這種用途以外的目的使用樹脂。<<Resin>> The coloring composition of this invention contains resin. The resin is blended, for example, for the purpose of dispersing pigments and the like in a coloring composition, and for the purpose of a binder. Moreover, resin mainly used for dispersing a pigment etc. in a coloring composition is also called a dispersing agent. However, this use of the resin is an example, and the resin can be used for purposes other than this use.

(樹脂EP) 本發明的著色組成物包含含有重複單元A和重複單元B之樹脂EP(以下,亦稱為數值EP),前述重複單元A具有選自由式(e-1)表示之基團及由式(e-2)表示之基團中的至少一個環狀醚基A(以下,亦稱為特定環狀醚基),前述重複單元B選自具有酸基之重複單元B-1及具有酸基被保護基保護之基團之重複單元B-2中之至少一個。(Resin EP) The coloring composition of the present invention comprises a resin EP (hereinafter, also referred to as a numerical value EP) containing a repeating unit A and a repeating unit B, wherein the repeating unit A has a group selected from the group represented by the formula (e-1) and the group represented by the formula (e). -2) In the group represented by at least one cyclic ether group A (hereinafter, also referred to as a specific cyclic ether group), the aforementioned repeating unit B is selected from the repeating unit B-1 having an acid group and having an acid group protected at least one of the repeating units B-2 of the group protected by the group.

樹脂EP的重量平均分子量係2000~70000為較佳。上限係60000以下為較佳,50000以下為更佳。下限係3000以上為較佳,5000以上為更佳。若樹脂EP的重量平均分子量在上述範圍內,則更容易在更高水準上實現混色和保存穩定性。The weight average molecular weight of resin EP is preferably 2,000 to 70,000. The upper limit is preferably 60,000 or less, and more preferably 50,000 or less. The lower limit is preferably 3,000 or more, and more preferably 5,000 or more. If the weight-average molecular weight of the resin EP is within the above-mentioned range, color mixing and storage stability can be more easily achieved at a higher level.

樹脂EP的上述特定環狀醚基的含量係2.0~6.5mmol/g為較佳。若樹脂EP的上述特定環狀醚基的含量為2.0~6.5mmol/g, 則即使在較低溫下加熱亦能夠形成充分硬化之硬化膜,著色組成物的保存穩定性亦良好。從著色組成物的保存穩定性的觀點考慮,上限係6.3mmol/g以下為較佳,6.0mmol/g以下為更佳。從膜的硬化性的觀點考慮,下限係2.5mmol/g以上為較佳,3.0mmol/g以上更佳,3.2mmol/g以上為進一步較佳,3.4mmol/g以上為特佳。The content of the above-mentioned specific cyclic ether group in the resin EP is preferably 2.0 to 6.5 mmol/g. When content of the said specific cyclic ether group of resin EP is 2.0-6.5 mmol/g, even if it heats at a relatively low temperature, the cured film which hardens fully can be formed, and the storage stability of a coloring composition is also favorable. From the viewpoint of the storage stability of the coloring composition, the upper limit is preferably 6.3 mmol/g or less, and more preferably 6.0 mmol/g or less. From the viewpoint of the curability of the film, the lower limit is preferably 2.5 mmol/g or more, more preferably 3.0 mmol/g or more, further more preferably 3.2 mmol/g or more, and particularly preferably 3.4 mmol/g or more.

樹脂EP的酸基的含量與酸基被保護基保護之基團的含量的合計係0.45~2.35mmol/g為較佳。若樹脂EP的上述合計為0.45~2.35mmol/g,則即使在較低溫下加熱亦能夠形成充分硬化之硬化膜,著色組成物的保存穩定性亦良好。從著色組成物的保存穩定性的觀點考慮,上限係2.25mmol/g以下為較佳,2.15mmol/g以下為更佳。從膜的硬化性的觀點考慮,下限係0.7mmol/g以上為較佳,0.9mmol/g以上為更佳。It is preferable that the total of the content of the acid group of the resin EP and the content of the group protected by the protecting group of the acid group is 0.45 to 2.35 mmol/g. Even if the said sum total of resin EP is 0.45-2.35 mmol/g, even if it heats at a relatively low temperature, a fully hardened cured film can be formed, and the storage stability of a coloring composition is also favorable. From the viewpoint of the storage stability of the coloring composition, the upper limit is preferably 2.25 mmol/g or less, and more preferably 2.15 mmol/g or less. From the viewpoint of the curability of the film, the lower limit is preferably 0.7 mmol/g or more, and more preferably 0.9 mmol/g or more.

樹脂EP包含具有酸基之重複單元為較佳。依該態樣,即使在較低溫下加熱亦能夠形成充分硬化之硬化膜,並能夠形成與其他顏色的混色更加得到抑制之硬化膜。此外,當使用著色組成物以圖案狀曝光時,用顯影液容易顯影去除未曝光部,顯影性亦優異,能夠更好地抑制未曝光部的殘渣的產生。樹脂EP的酸基的含量係0.45~2.35mmol/g為較佳。上限係2.25mmol/g以下為較佳,2.15mmol/g以下為更佳。下限係0.55mmol/g以上為較佳,0.65mmol/g以上為更佳。The resin EP preferably contains a repeating unit having an acid group. According to this aspect, even if heated at a relatively low temperature, a cured film which is sufficiently cured can be formed, and a cured film in which color mixing with other colors is further suppressed can be formed. In addition, when exposed in a pattern using a coloring composition, the unexposed portion can be easily developed and removed with a developing solution, the developability is also excellent, and the generation of residues in the unexposed portion can be more suppressed. The content of the acid group of the resin EP is preferably 0.45 to 2.35 mmol/g. The upper limit is preferably 2.25 mmol/g or less, more preferably 2.15 mmol/g or less. The lower limit is preferably 0.55 mmol/g or more, and more preferably 0.65 mmol/g or more.

樹脂EP的上述特定環狀醚基的含量、酸基的含量及酸基被保護基保護之基團的含量滿足下述式(1)的條件為較佳,滿足下述式(2)的條件為更佳,滿足下述式(3)的條件為進一步較佳。 1.0≤(樹脂EP的特定環狀醚基的含量(單位:mmol/g)/(樹脂EP的酸基的含量(單位:mmol/g)+(樹脂EP的酸基被保護基保護之基團的含量(單位:mmol/g))≤14.0    ……(1) 2.5≤(樹脂EP的特定環狀醚基的含量(單位:mmol/g)/(樹脂EP的酸基的含量(單位:mmol/g)+(樹脂EP的酸基被保護基保護之基團的含量(單位:mmol/g))≤12.0    ……(2) 4.0≤(樹脂EP的特定環狀醚基的含量(單位:mmol/g)/(樹脂EP的酸基的含量(單位:mmol/g)+(樹脂EP的酸基被保護基保護之基團的含量(單位:mmol/g))≤10.0    ……(3)The content of the above-mentioned specific cyclic ether group, the content of the acid group and the content of the group protected by the acid group of the resin EP satisfy the conditions of the following formula (1), and it is better to satisfy the conditions of the following formula (2) More preferably, it is more preferable to satisfy the condition of the following formula (3). 1.0≤(content of specific cyclic ether groups of resin EP (unit: mmol/g)/(content of acid groups of resin EP (unit: mmol/g) + (groups protected by protecting groups of acid groups of resin EP) content (unit: mmol/g))≤14.0  …(1) 2.5≤(content of specific cyclic ether groups of resin EP (unit: mmol/g)/(content of acid groups of resin EP (unit: mmol/g) + (groups protected by protecting groups of acid groups of resin EP) content (unit: mmol/g))≤12.0  …(2) 4.0≤(content of specific cyclic ether group of resin EP (unit: mmol/g)/(content of acid group of resin EP (unit: mmol/g) + (group protected by protecting group of acid group of resin EP) content (unit: mmol/g))≤10.0  …(3)

當樹脂EP分別包含酸基的含量和酸基被保護基保護之基團時,樹脂EP的酸基的含量和酸基被保護基保護之基團的含量滿足下述式(11)的條件為較佳,滿足下述式(12)的條件為更佳,滿足下述式(13)的條件為進一步較佳。依該態樣,著色組成物的保存穩定性良好,並且當使用著色組成物以圖案狀曝光時,用顯影液容易顯影去除未曝光部,顯影性亦優異,能夠更好地抑制未曝光部的殘渣的產生。 0.1≤(樹脂EP的酸基被保護基保護之基團的含量(單位:mmol/g)/樹脂EP的酸基的含量(單位:mmol/g))≤2.0    ……(11) 0.2≤(樹脂EP的酸基被保護基保護之基團的含量(單位:mmol/g)/樹脂EP的酸基的含量(單位:mmol/g))≤1.9    ……(12) 0.3≤(樹脂EP的酸基被保護基保護之基團的含量(單位:mmol/g)/樹脂EP的酸基的含量(單位:mmol/g))≤1.8    ……(13)When the resin EP contains the content of the acid group and the group protected by the protecting group, the content of the acid group and the content of the group protected by the protecting group of the resin EP satisfy the condition of the following formula (11): Preferably, it is more preferable to satisfy the condition of the following formula (12), and it is still more preferable to satisfy the condition of the following formula (13). According to this aspect, the storage stability of the coloring composition is good, and when the coloring composition is used for pattern exposure, the unexposed portion can be easily developed and removed with a developing solution, the developability is also excellent, and the unexposed portion can be more suppressed. generation of residues. 0.1≤(content of the acid group of resin EP protected by protective group (unit: mmol/g)/content of acid group of resin EP (unit: mmol/g))≤2.0  …(11) 0.2≤(The content of the acid group of the resin EP protected by the protecting group (unit: mmol/g)/the content of the acid group of the resin EP (unit: mmol/g))≤1.9  …(12) 0.3≤(content of the acid group of resin EP protected by protective group (unit: mmol/g)/content of acid group of resin EP (unit: mmol/g))≤1.8  …(13)

〔重複單元A〕 樹脂EP包含具有選自由式(e-1)表示之基團及由式(e-2)表示之基團中之至少一個環狀醚基(以下,亦稱為特定環狀醚基。)之重複單元A。從能夠形成交聯密度高的膜之理由考慮,特定環狀醚基係由式(e-1)表示之基團為較佳。

Figure 02_image009
[Repeat Unit A] The resin EP contains at least one cyclic ether group (hereinafter, also referred to as a specific cyclic ether group) selected from the group represented by the formula (e-1) and the group represented by the formula (e-2). ether group.) repeating unit A. The specific cyclic ether group is preferably a group represented by the formula (e-1) because it can form a film with a high crosslinking density.
Figure 02_image009

式(e-1)中,RE1 表示氫原子或烷基,n表示0或1,*表示鍵結鍵; 式(e-2)中,環AE1 表示單環的脂肪族烴環,*表示鍵結鍵。In formula (e-1), R E1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, n represents 0 or 1, and * represents a bond; In formula (e-2), ring A E1 represents a monocyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon ring, * Represents a bond key.

RE1 所表示之烷基的碳數係1~20為較佳,1~10為更佳,1~5為進一步較佳,1~3為特佳。RE1 所表示之烷基係直鏈或支鏈為較佳,直鏈為更佳。The carbon number of the alkyl group represented by R E1 is preferably 1-20, more preferably 1-10, further preferably 1-5, and particularly preferably 1-3. The alkyl group represented by R E1 is preferably a straight chain or branched chain, more preferably a straight chain.

當n為0時,RE1 係氫原子為較佳。當n為1時,RE1 係氫原子或碳數1~3的烷基為較佳。When n is 0, R E1 -based hydrogen atoms are preferred. When n is 1, R E1 is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.

在此,式(e-1)的n為0時,式(e-1)係由以下式(e-1a)表示之基團。

Figure 02_image011
Here, when n in the formula (e-1) is 0, the formula (e-1) is a group represented by the following formula (e-1a).
Figure 02_image011

作為式(e-2)的環AE1 所表示之單環的脂肪族烴環,5~7員環的脂肪族烴環為較佳,5員環或6員環的脂肪族烴環為更佳,6員環的脂肪族烴環為更佳。作為具體例,可列舉環戊烷環、環己烷環、環庚烷環,環戊烷環或環己烷環為較佳,環己烷環為更佳。作為由式(e-2)表示之基團的具體例,可列舉以下所示之基團。

Figure 02_image013
As the monocyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon ring represented by ring A E1 of the formula (e-2), a 5- to 7-membered aliphatic hydrocarbon ring is preferable, and a 5- or 6-membered aliphatic hydrocarbon ring is more preferable. Preferably, a 6-membered aliphatic hydrocarbon ring is more preferable. As a specific example, a cyclopentane ring, a cyclohexane ring, and a cycloheptane ring are mentioned, a cyclopentane ring or a cyclohexane ring is preferable, and a cyclohexane ring is more preferable. As a specific example of the group represented by formula (e-2), the group shown below is mentioned.
Figure 02_image013

作為重複單元A,可列舉由下述式(A-1)表示之重複單元。

Figure 02_image015
As repeating unit A, the repeating unit represented by following formula (A-1) is mentioned.
Figure 02_image015

在式(A-1)中,Xa1 表示3價的連接基,La1 表示單鍵或2價的連接基,Za1 表示上述環狀醚基。In formula (A-1), X a1 represents a trivalent linking group, L a1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and Z a1 represents the aforementioned cyclic ether group.

作為式(A-1)的Xa1 所表示之3價的連接基,可列舉聚(甲基)丙烯酸系連接基、聚伸烷基亞胺系連接基、聚酯系連接基、聚胺酯系連接基、聚脲系連接基、聚醯胺系連接基、聚醚系連接基、聚苯乙烯系連接基、雙酚系連接基、酚醛清漆系連接基等,聚(甲基)丙烯酸系連接基、聚醚系連接基、聚酯系連接基、雙酚系連接基及酚醛清漆系連接基為較佳,聚(甲基)丙烯酸系連接基為更佳。Examples of the trivalent linking group represented by X a1 in the formula (A-1) include a poly(meth)acrylic linking group, a polyalkyleneimine-based linking group, a polyester-based linking group, and a polyurethane-based linking group. base, polyurea-based linking group, polyamide-based linking group, polyether-based linking group, polystyrene-based linking group, bisphenol-based linking group, novolak-based linking group, etc., poly(meth)acrylic-based linking group , Polyether-based linking group, polyester-based linking group, bisphenol-based linking group and novolak-based linking group are preferred, and poly(meth)acrylic-based linking group is more preferred.

作為式(A-1)的La1 所表示之2價的連接基,可列舉伸烷基(較佳為碳數1~12的伸烷基)、伸芳基(較佳為碳數6~20的伸芳基)、-NH-、-SO-、-SO2 -、-CO-、-O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-S-及組合該等中的2個以上而成之基團。伸烷基可以為直鏈狀、支鏈狀及環狀中的任一種,直鏈狀或支鏈狀為較佳。又,伸烷基可以具有取代基,亦可以未經取代。作為取代基,可列舉羥基、烷氧基等。Examples of the divalent linking group represented by L a1 of the formula (A-1) include an alkylene group (preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms), an arylidene group (preferably an alkylene group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms). 20 aryl group), -NH-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -CO-, -O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -S-, and a combination of two or more of these the group. The alkylene group may be any of linear, branched and cyclic, and linear or branched is preferred. Moreover, an alkylene group may have a substituent, and may be unsubstituted. As a substituent, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, etc. are mentioned.

在樹脂EP中,重複單元A的含量在樹脂EP的所有重複單元中為15~95莫耳%為較佳。上限係85莫耳%以下為較佳,75莫耳%以下更佳。下限係20莫耳%以上較佳,30莫耳%以上更佳。In the resin EP, the content of the repeating unit A is preferably 15 to 95 mol % in all the repeating units of the resin EP. The upper limit is preferably 85 mol % or less, more preferably 75 mol % or less. The lower limit is preferably 20 mol % or more, more preferably 30 mol % or more.

〔重複單元B〕 包含選自具有酸基之重複單元B-1(以下,亦稱為重複單元B-1)及具有酸基被保護基保護之基團之重複單元B-2(以下,亦稱為重複單元B-2)中之至少一個重複單元B。樹脂EP可以僅包含重複單元B-1及重複單元B-2中的任一者,亦可以分別包含重複單元B-1和重複單元B-2。樹脂EP至少包含重複單元B-1為較佳。[Repeat unit B] It includes a repeating unit B-1 (hereinafter, also referred to as repeating unit B-1) with an acid group and a repeating unit B-2 (hereinafter, also referred to as repeating unit B) having an acid group protected by a protecting group -2) at least one repeating unit B. Resin EP may contain only any one of repeating unit B-1 and repeating unit B-2, or may contain repeating unit B-1 and repeating unit B-2, respectively. It is preferable that the resin EP contains at least the repeating unit B-1.

當樹脂EP具有重複單元B-1時,即使在較低溫下加熱亦能夠形成充分硬化之硬化膜,並能夠形成與其他顏色的混色更加得到抑制之硬化膜。此外,當使用著色組成物以圖案狀曝光時,用顯影液容易顯影去除未曝光部,顯影性亦優異,能夠更好地抑制未曝光部的殘渣的產生。 又,當樹脂EP包含重複單元B-2時,能夠抑制在著色組成物的保存時樹脂EP的上述特定環狀醚基的反應的進行等,並且能夠進一步提高著色組成物的保存穩定性。 又,當樹脂EP分別包含重複單元B-1和重複單元B-2時,能夠使著色組成物的保存穩定性、顯影性、所獲得之硬化膜的混色的抑制在更高水準上並存。When the resin EP has the repeating unit B-1, a sufficiently hardened cured film can be formed even when heated at a relatively low temperature, and a cured film with more suppressed color mixing with other colors can be formed. In addition, when exposed in a pattern using a coloring composition, the unexposed portion can be easily developed and removed with a developing solution, the developability is also excellent, and the generation of residues in the unexposed portion can be more suppressed. Moreover, when resin EP contains repeating unit B-2, the progress of the reaction of the said specific cyclic ether group etc. of resin EP can be suppressed at the time of storage of a coloring composition, and the storage stability of a coloring composition can be improved further. Moreover, when resin EP contains repeating unit B-1 and repeating unit B-2, respectively, the storage stability of a coloring composition, developability, and suppression of color mixing of the cured film obtained can coexist at a higher level.

作為上述重複單元B-1所具有之酸基、及上述重複單元B-2中的被上述保護基保護之酸基,可列舉酚性羥基、羧基、磺基、磷酸基,酚性羥基或羧基為較佳,羧基為更佳。Examples of the acid group contained in the repeating unit B-1 and the acid group protected by the protecting group in the repeating unit B-2 include a phenolic hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a sulfo group, a phosphoric acid group, a phenolic hydroxyl group or a carboxyl group. More preferred, carboxyl group is more preferred.

作為上述重複單元B-2中的保護上述酸基之保護基,可列舉藉由酸或鹼的作用分解並脫離之基團。保護基係由式(Y1)~(Y5)中的任一個表示之基團為較佳,就容易脫保護之理由而言,由式(Y3)或由式(Y5))表示之基團為更佳。As a protective group which protects the said acid group in the said repeating unit B-2, the group which decompose|disassembles and leaves|separates by the action of an acid or a base is mentioned. The protecting group is preferably a group represented by any one of the formulae (Y1) to (Y5), and the group represented by the formula (Y3) or the formula (Y5)) is preferably for the reason of easy deprotection. better.

式(Y1):-C(RY1 )(RY2 )(RY3 ) 式(Y2):-C(=O)OC(RY4 )(RY5 )(RY6 ) 式(Y3):-C(RY7 )(RY8 )(ORY9 ) 式(Y4):-C(RY10 )(H)(ArY1 ) 式(Y5):-C(=O)(RY11 )Formula (Y1): -C(R Y1 )(R Y2 )(R Y3 ) Formula (Y2): -C(=O)OC(R Y4 )(R Y5 )(R Y6 ) Formula (Y3): -C (R Y7 )(R Y8 )(OR Y9 ) Formula (Y4): -C(R Y10 )(H)(Ar Y1 ) Formula (Y5): -C(=O)(R Y11 )

式(Y1)中,RY1 ~RY3 分別獨立地表示烷基,RY1 ~RY3 中的2個可以鍵結而形成環; 式(Y2)中,RY4 ~RY6 分別獨立地表示烷基,RY4 ~RY6 中的2個可以鍵結而形成環; 式(Y3)中,RY7 及RY8 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基或芳基,RY7 及RY8 中的至少一個為烷基或芳基,RY9 表示烷基或芳基,RY7 或RY8 與RY9 可以鍵結而形成環; 式(Y4)中,ArY1 表示芳基,RY10 表示烷基或芳基, 式(Y5)中,RY11 表示烷基或芳基。In formula (Y1), R Y1 to R Y3 each independently represent an alkyl group, and two of R Y1 to R Y3 may be bonded to form a ring; in formula (Y2), R Y4 to R Y6 each independently represent an alkane In formula (Y3), R Y7 and R Y8 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, and at least one of R Y7 and R Y8 One is an alkyl group or an aryl group, R Y9 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, and R Y7 or R Y8 and R Y9 can be bonded to form a ring; In formula (Y4), Ar Y1 represents an aryl group, and R Y10 represents an alkyl group or Aryl, In formula (Y5), R Y11 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group.

式(Y1)的RY1 ~RY3 所表示之烷基的碳數係1~12為較佳,1~6為更佳,1~4為進一步較佳。烷基可以為直鏈狀、支鏈狀、環狀中的任一種,但是直鏈狀或支鏈狀為較佳。式(Y1)中,RY1 ~RY3 中的2個可以鍵結而形成環。作為RY1 ~RY3 中的2個鍵結而形成之環,可列舉環戊基、環己基等單環的環烷基、降莰基、四環癸基、四環十二烷基及金剛烷基等多環的環烷基,碳數5~6的單環的環烷基為較佳。又,上述環烷基中,構成環之1個亞甲基可以被氧原子等雜原子或羰基等具有雜原子之基團取代。The carbon number of the alkyl group represented by R Y1 to R Y3 of the formula (Y1) is preferably 1 to 12, more preferably 1 to 6, and even more preferably 1 to 4. The alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, but linear or branched is preferred. In formula (Y1), two of R Y1 to R Y3 may be bonded to form a ring. Examples of the ring formed by the bonding of two of R Y1 to R Y3 include monocyclic cycloalkyl groups such as cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl, norbornyl, tetracyclodecyl, tetracyclododecyl, and adamantine. Polycyclic cycloalkyl groups such as alkyl groups, and monocyclic cycloalkyl groups having 5 to 6 carbon atoms are preferred. In the above-mentioned cycloalkyl group, one methylene group constituting the ring may be substituted with a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom or a group having a heteroatom such as a carbonyl group.

式(Y2)的RY4 ~RY6 所表示之烷基的碳數係1~12為較佳,1~6為更佳,1~4為進一步較佳。烷基可以為直鏈狀、支鏈狀、環狀中的任一種,但是直鏈狀或支鏈狀為較佳。式(Y2)的RY4 ~RY6 中的至少2個係甲基為較佳。在式(Y2)中,RY4 ~RY6 中的2個可以鍵結而形成環。所形成之環,可列舉式(Y1)中說明之環。The carbon number of the alkyl group represented by R Y4 to R Y6 of the formula (Y2) is preferably 1 to 12, more preferably 1 to 6, and even more preferably 1 to 4. The alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, but linear or branched is preferred. At least two of R Y4 to R Y6 in the formula (Y2) are preferably methyl groups. In formula (Y2), two of R Y4 to R Y6 may be bonded to form a ring. The ring to be formed includes the ring described in the formula (Y1).

式(Y3)中,RY7 及RY8 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基或芳基,RY7 及RY8 中的至少一個為烷基或芳基,RY9 表示烷基或芳基,RY7 或RY8 與RY9 可以鍵結而形成環。 烷基可以為直鏈狀、支鏈狀、環狀中的任一種。烷基的碳數係1~12較佳,1~6更佳,1~4為進一步較佳。芳基的碳數係6~20為較佳,6~12更佳。作為RY7 或RY8 與RY9 鍵結而形成之環,可列舉四氫呋喃基、四氫吡喃基等。式(Y3)中,RY7 或RY8 與RY9 鍵結而形成環為較佳。又,RY7 及RY8 中的一個係氫原子為較佳。In formula (Y3), R Y7 and R Y8 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, at least one of R Y7 and R Y8 is an alkyl group or an aryl group, R Y9 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, and R Y7 or R Y8 and R Y9 may be bonded to form a ring. The alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic. The carbon number of the alkyl group is preferably 1-12, more preferably 1-6, and even more preferably 1-4. The carbon number of the aryl group is preferably 6-20, more preferably 6-12. A tetrahydrofuranyl group, a tetrahydropyranyl group, etc. are mentioned as a ring formed by bonding R Y7 or R Y8 and R Y9 . In formula (Y3), it is preferable that R Y7 or R Y8 and R Y9 are bonded to form a ring. In addition, one of R Y7 and R Y8 is preferably a hydrogen atom.

式(Y4)中,ArY1 表示芳基,RY10 表示烷基或芳基,ArY1 與RY10 可以相互鍵結而形成環。烷基的碳數係1~12為較佳,1~6為更佳,1~4為進一步較佳。芳基的碳數係6~20為較佳,6~12為更佳。式(Y4)中,RY10 係烷基為較佳。In formula (Y4), Ar Y1 represents an aryl group, R Y10 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, and Ar Y1 and R Y10 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. The carbon number of the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 12, more preferably 1 to 6, and even more preferably 1 to 4. The carbon number of the aryl group is preferably 6-20, more preferably 6-12. In formula (Y4), R Y10 is preferably an alkyl group.

式(Y5)中,RY11 表示烷基或芳基,烷基為較佳。烷基的碳數係1~12為較佳,1~6為更佳,1~4為進一步較佳。芳基的碳數係6~20為較佳,6~12為更佳。In formula (Y5), R Y11 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, preferably an alkyl group. The carbon number of the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 12, more preferably 1 to 6, and even more preferably 1 to 4. The carbon number of the aryl group is preferably 6-20, more preferably 6-12.

保護基的分子量係40~200為較佳,40~150為更佳,40~120為進一步較佳。若保護基的分子量在上述範圍內,則能夠製成保存穩定性優異且低溫下的硬化性優異的著色組成物。The molecular weight of the protecting group is preferably 40-200, more preferably 40-150, and even more preferably 40-120. When the molecular weight of the protective group is within the above-mentioned range, a coloring composition having excellent storage stability and excellent curability at low temperature can be obtained.

作為保護基的具體例,可列舉1-甲氧基乙基、1-乙氧基乙基、1-正丙氧基乙基、1-正丁氧基乙基、1-三級丁氧基乙基、1-環戊氧基乙基、1-環己氧基乙基、環己基(甲氧基)甲基、α-甲氧基苄基、α-乙氧基苄基、α-正丙氧基苄基、2-苯基-1-甲氧基乙基、2-苯基-1-乙氧基乙基、2-苯基-1-異丙氧基乙基、2-四氫呋喃基、2-四氫吡喃基,1-乙氧基乙基、1-環己氧基乙基、2-四氫呋喃基、2-四氫吡喃基為較佳,1-乙氧基乙基、1-環己氧基乙基為更佳。Specific examples of the protecting group include 1-methoxyethyl, 1-ethoxyethyl, 1-n-propoxyethyl, 1-n-butoxyethyl, and 1-tertiary butoxy Ethyl, 1-cyclopentyloxyethyl, 1-cyclohexyloxyethyl, cyclohexyl(methoxy)methyl, α-methoxybenzyl, α-ethoxybenzyl, α-n-normal Propoxybenzyl, 2-phenyl-1-methoxyethyl, 2-phenyl-1-ethoxyethyl, 2-phenyl-1-isopropoxyethyl, 2-tetrahydrofuranyl , 2-tetrahydropyranyl, 1-ethoxyethyl, 1-cyclohexyloxyethyl, 2-tetrahydrofuranyl, 2-tetrahydropyranyl are preferred, 1-ethoxyethyl, 1-cyclohexyloxyethyl is more preferred.

作為重複單元B-1,可列舉由下述式(B1)表示之重複單元。又,作為重複單元B-2,可列舉由下述式(B2)表示之重複單元。

Figure 02_image017
As repeating unit B-1, the repeating unit represented by following formula (B1) is mentioned. Moreover, as repeating unit B-2, the repeating unit represented by following formula (B2) is mentioned.
Figure 02_image017

在式(B1)中,Xb1 表示3價的連接基,Lb1 表示單鍵或2價的連接基,Zb1 表示酸基。 在式(B2)中,Xb2 表示3價的連接基,Lb2 表示單鍵或2價的連接基,Zb2 表示酸基被保護基保護之基團。In formula (B1), X b1 represents a trivalent linking group, L b1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and Z b1 represents an acid group. In formula (B2), X b2 represents a trivalent linking group, L b2 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and Z b2 represents a group in which an acid group is protected by a protecting group.

作為式(B1)的Xb1 所表示之3價的連接基及式(B2)的Xb2 所表示之3價的連接基並無特別限定。例如,可列舉聚(甲基)丙烯酸系連接基、聚伸烷基亞胺系連接基、聚酯系連接基、聚胺酯系連接基、聚脲系連接基、聚醯胺系連接基、聚醚系連接基、聚苯乙烯系連接基、雙酚系連接基、酚醛清漆系連接基等,聚(甲基)丙烯酸系連接基、聚醚系連接基、聚酯系連接基、雙酚系連接基及酚醛清漆系連接基為較佳,聚(甲基)丙烯酸系連接基為更佳。The trivalent linking group represented by X b1 in the formula (B1) and the trivalent linking group represented by X b2 in the formula (B2) are not particularly limited. For example, a poly(meth)acrylic-based linking group, a polyalkyleneimide-based linking group, a polyester-based linking group, a polyurethane-based linking group, a polyurea-based linking group, a polyamide-based linking group, a polyether Linking group, polystyrene linking group, bisphenol linking group, novolak linking group, etc., poly(meth)acrylic linking group, polyether linking group, polyester linking group, bisphenol linking A base and a novolac-based linking group are preferred, and a poly(meth)acrylic-based linking group is more preferred.

作為式(B1)的Lb1 所表示之2價的連接基及式(B2)的Lb3 所表示之 2價的連接基,可列舉伸烷基(較佳為碳數1~12的伸烷基)、伸芳基(較佳為碳數6~20的伸芳基)、-NH-、-SO-、-SO2 -、-CO-、-O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-S-及組合該等中的2個以上而成之基團。伸烷基可以為直鏈狀、支鏈狀及環狀中的任一種,直鏈狀或支鏈狀為較佳。又,伸烷基可以具有取代基,亦可以未經取代。作為取代基,可列舉羥基、烷氧基等。Examples of the divalent linking group represented by L b1 in the formula (B1) and the divalent linking group represented by L b3 in the formula (B2) include an alkylene group (preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms). group), aryl group (preferably aryl group with 6-20 carbon atoms), -NH-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -CO-, -O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -S- and a group formed by combining two or more of these. The alkylene group may be any of linear, branched and cyclic, and linear or branched is preferred. Moreover, an alkylene group may have a substituent, and may be unsubstituted. As a substituent, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, etc. are mentioned.

式(B1)的Zb1 表示酸基。作為酸基,可列舉酚性羥基、羧基、磺基、磷酸基,酚性羥基或羧基為較佳,羧基為更佳。Z b1 of formula (B1) represents an acid group. The acid group includes a phenolic hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a sulfo group, and a phosphoric acid group, and a phenolic hydroxyl group or a carboxyl group is preferable, and a carboxyl group is more preferable.

式(B2)的Zb2 表示酸基被保護基保護之基團。作為酸基被保護基保護之基團,可列舉酸基被由上述式(Y1)~(Y5)中的任一個表示之基團保護之基團,係酸基被由式(Y3)或式(Y5)表示之基團保護之基團為較佳。作為上述酸基,可舉出酚性羥基、羧基、磺酸基、磷酸基,酚性羥基或羧基為較佳,羧基為更佳。Z b2 of formula (B2) represents a group in which an acid group is protected by a protecting group. Examples of the group in which the acid group is protected by a protecting group include groups in which the acid group is protected by a group represented by any one of the above formulae (Y1) to (Y5), and the acid group is protected by the formula (Y3) or the formula The group protected by the group represented by (Y5) is preferred. As said acid group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a sulfonic acid group, and a phosphoric acid group are mentioned, A phenolic hydroxyl group or a carboxyl group is preferable, and a carboxyl group is more preferable.

作為重複單元B2的一態樣,可列舉由下述式(B2-1)表示之重複單元。

Figure 02_image019
式(B2-1)中,Rb11 ~Rb13 分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子或烷基,Lb11 表示單鍵或2價的連結基,Zb11 表示由式(Z-1)或式(Z-2)表示之基團;
Figure 02_image021
式(Z-1)及(Z-2)中,Yb11 表示保護基,*表示與Lb11 鍵結之部分。As an aspect of the repeating unit B2, the repeating unit represented by the following formula (B2-1) can be mentioned.
Figure 02_image019
In the formula (B2-1), R b11 to R b13 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or an alkyl group, L b11 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and Z b11 represents a compound represented by the formula (Z-1) or the formula The group represented by (Z-2);
Figure 02_image021
In formulas (Z-1) and (Z-2), Y b11 represents a protecting group, and * represents a moiety bonded to L b11 .

作為Rb11 ~Rb13 所表示之鹵素原子,可列舉氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子等。 Rb11 ~Rb13 所表示之烷基的碳數係1~20為較佳,1~10為更佳,1~5為進一步較佳。烷基可以為直鏈狀、支鏈狀、環狀中的任一種,但是直鏈狀或支鏈狀為較佳。 作為Lb11 所表示之2價的連接基,可列舉伸烷基(較佳為碳數1~12的伸烷基)、伸芳基(較佳為碳數6~20的伸芳基)、-NH-、-SO-、-SO2 -、-CO-、-O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-S-及組合該等中的2個以上而成之基團。伸烷基可以為直鏈狀、支鏈狀及環狀中的任一種,直鏈狀或支鏈狀為較佳。又,伸烷基可以具有取代基,亦可以未經取代。作為取代基,可列舉羥基、烷氧基等。As a halogen atom represented by R b11 to R b13 , a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom, etc. are mentioned. The carbon number of the alkyl group represented by R b11 to R b13 is preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 10, and even more preferably 1 to 5. The alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, but linear or branched is preferred. Examples of the divalent linking group represented by L b11 include an alkylene group (preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms), an arylidene group (preferably an arylidene group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms), -NH-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -CO-, -O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -S-, and a group combining two or more of these. The alkylene group may be any of linear, branched and cyclic, and linear or branched is preferred. Moreover, an alkylene group may have a substituent, and may be unsubstituted. As a substituent, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, etc. are mentioned.

作為式(Z-1)及式(Z-2)的Yb11 所表示之保護基,可列舉上述之由式(Y1)~(Y5)中的任一個表示之基團。在式(B2-1)的Zb11 為由式(Z-1)表示之基團之情況下,Yb11 係式(Y5)為較佳。在式(B2-1)的Zb11 為由式(Z-2)表示之基團之情況下,Yb11 係式(Y3)為較佳。As the protecting group represented by Y b11 of the formula (Z-1) and the formula (Z-2), the group represented by any one of the above-mentioned formulas (Y1) to (Y5) can be exemplified. In the case where Z b11 of the formula (B2-1) is a group represented by the formula (Z-1), it is preferable that Y b11 is the formula (Y5). In the case where Z b11 of formula (B2-1) is a group represented by formula (Z-2), Y b11 is preferably the formula (Y3).

在式(B2-1)的Zb11 為由式(Z-1)表示之基團的情形下,能夠進一步提高著色組成物的保存穩定性。在式(B2-1)的Zb11 為由式(Z-2)表示之基團的情形下,能夠製成在低溫下的硬化性優異的著色組成物。When Z b11 of formula (B2-1) is a group represented by formula (Z-1), the storage stability of the coloring composition can be further improved. When Z b11 of formula (B2-1) is a group represented by formula (Z-2), a colored composition excellent in curability at low temperature can be obtained.

在樹脂EP中,重複單元B的含量在樹脂EP的所有重複單元中為5~85莫耳%為較佳。上限係60莫耳%以下較佳,40莫耳%以下更佳。下限係8莫耳%以上為較佳,10莫耳%以上為更佳。In the resin EP, the content of the repeating unit B is preferably 5 to 85 mol % in all the repeating units of the resin EP. The upper limit is preferably 60 mol % or less, more preferably 40 mol % or less. The lower limit is preferably 8 mol % or more, and more preferably 10 mol % or more.

當樹脂EP包含重複單元B-1時,樹脂EP中的單元B-1的含量在樹脂EP的所有重複單元中為5~85莫耳%為較佳。上限係60莫耳%以下為較佳,40莫耳%以下為更佳。下限係8莫耳%以上為較佳,10莫耳%以上為更佳。When the resin EP contains the repeating unit B-1, the content of the unit B-1 in the resin EP is preferably 5-85 mol % in all repeating units of the resin EP. The upper limit is preferably 60 mol % or less, more preferably 40 mol % or less. The lower limit is preferably 8 mol % or more, and more preferably 10 mol % or more.

當樹脂EP包含重複單元B-2時,樹脂EP中的單元B-2的含量在樹脂EP的所有重複單元中為1~65莫耳%為較佳。上限係45莫耳%以下為較佳,30莫耳%以下為更佳。下限係2莫耳%以上為較佳,3莫耳%以上為更佳。When the resin EP contains the repeating unit B-2, the content of the unit B-2 in the resin EP is preferably 1-65 mol % in all repeating units of the resin EP. The upper limit is preferably 45 mol % or less, more preferably 30 mol % or less. The lower limit is preferably 2 mol % or more, more preferably 3 mol % or more.

當樹脂EP分別包含重複單元B-1和重複單元B-2時,樹脂EP相對於重複單元B-1的1莫耳包含0.4~3.2莫耳的重複單元B-2為較佳,包含0.8~2.8莫耳為更佳,包含1.2~2.4莫耳為進一步較佳。依該態樣,能夠在更高水準上同時實現著色組成物的保存穩定性、顯影性、所獲得之硬化膜的混色的抑制。When resin EP contains repeating unit B-1 and repeating unit B-2 respectively, resin EP preferably contains 0.4-3.2 mol of repeating unit B-2 with respect to 1 mol of repeating unit B-1, including 0.8-3.2 mol of repeating unit B-2. 2.8 mol is more preferable, and 1.2-2.4 mol is more preferable. According to this aspect, the storage stability of the coloring composition, the developability, and the suppression of color mixing of the obtained cured film can be simultaneously achieved at a higher level.

〔重複單元C〕 樹脂EP可以包含含有烴環基之重複單元(以下,亦稱為其他重複單元)作為除上述重複單元A及重複單元B以外的重複單元。烴環基可以為脂肪族烴環基,亦可以為芳香族烴環基。又,烴環基可以為單環的烴環基,亦可以為縮合環或交聯環等多環式烴環基。又,芳香族烴環基可以為單環的芳香族烴環基,亦可以為縮合環的芳香族烴環基。作為烴環基的具體例,可列舉二環戊基、金剛烷基、第三丁基環己基、異莰基等。作為芳香族烴環基,可列舉苯基、萘基等。[Repeat unit C] Resin EP may contain a repeating unit containing a hydrocarbon ring group (hereinafter, also referred to as another repeating unit) as repeating units other than the repeating unit A and repeating unit B described above. The hydrocarbon ring group may be an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring group or an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group. In addition, the hydrocarbon ring group may be a monocyclic hydrocarbon ring group, or may be a polycyclic hydrocarbon ring group such as a condensed ring or a cross-linked ring. In addition, the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group may be a monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon ring group or a condensed ring aromatic hydrocarbon ring group. Specific examples of the hydrocarbon ring group include a dicyclopentyl group, an adamantyl group, a t-butylcyclohexyl group, an isocamphenyl group, and the like. As an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, etc. are mentioned.

樹脂EP分別包含含有脂肪族烴環基之重複單元及含有芳香族烴環基之重複單元為較佳。依該態樣,由於側鏈的加高,樹脂變得剛直,提高硬化膜的耐溶劑性,並且能夠形成進一步抑制與其他顏色的混色之硬化膜。Resin EP preferably contains repeating units containing an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring group and repeating units containing an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, respectively. According to this aspect, the resin becomes rigid due to the increase of the side chain, the solvent resistance of the cured film is improved, and the cured film that further suppresses color mixing with other colors can be formed.

當樹脂EP包含重複單元C時,重複單元C的含量在樹脂EP的所有重複單元中為0.1~40莫耳%為較佳。上限係35莫耳%以下為較佳,30莫耳%以下為更佳。下限係1莫耳%以上為較佳,5莫耳%以上為更佳。 又,當樹脂EP分別包含含有脂肪族烴環基之重複單元及含有芳香族烴環基之重複單元作為重複單元C時,樹脂EP相對於包含脂肪族烴環基之重複單元的1而包含5~30莫耳的含有芳香族烴環基之重複單元為較佳,包含8~25莫耳為更佳,包含10~20莫耳為進一步較佳。依該態樣,樹脂變得剛直,提高硬化膜的耐溶劑性,並且能夠形成進一步抑制與其他顏色的混色之硬化膜。When the resin EP contains the repeating unit C, the content of the repeating unit C is preferably 0.1-40 mol % in all repeating units of the resin EP. The upper limit is preferably 35 mol % or less, more preferably 30 mol % or less. The lower limit is preferably 1 mol % or more, more preferably 5 mol % or more. Also, when the resin EP contains a repeating unit containing an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring group and a repeating unit containing an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group as the repeating unit C, the resin EP contains 5 with respect to 1 of the repeating unit containing an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring group. A repeating unit containing an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group of about 30 moles is preferable, more preferably 8 to 25 moles, and even more preferably 10 to 20 moles. In this state, the resin becomes rigid, the solvent resistance of the cured film is improved, and the cured film that further suppresses color mixing with other colors can be formed.

〔其他重複單元〕 樹脂EP可以含有除上述重複單元A、重複單元B及重複單元C以外的重複單元(以下,亦稱為其他重複單元)。其他重複單元的含量在樹脂EP的所有重複單元中為30莫耳%以下為較佳,20莫耳%以下為更佳,10莫耳%以下為進一步較佳。[Other repeating units] Resin EP may contain repeating units (hereinafter, also referred to as other repeating units) other than the repeating unit A, repeating unit B, and repeating unit C described above. The content of other repeating units in all repeating units of the resin EP is preferably 30 mol % or less, more preferably 20 mol % or less, and even more preferably 10 mol % or less.

(其他樹脂) 本發明的著色組成物能夠進一步包含除了上述樹脂EP以外的樹脂(以下,亦稱為其他樹脂)。其他樹脂的重量平均分子量(Mw)係2000~2000000為較佳。上限係1000000以下為較佳,500000以下為更佳。下限係3000以上為較佳,4000以上為更佳,5000以上為進一步較佳。(other resins) The coloring composition of the present invention can further contain resins other than the above-mentioned resin EP (hereinafter, also referred to as other resins). The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of other resins is preferably 2,000 to 2,000,000. The upper limit is preferably 1,000,000 or less, and more preferably 500,000 or less. The lower limit is preferably 3,000 or more, more preferably 4,000 or more, and even more preferably 5,000 or more.

作為其他樹脂,例如,可列舉(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂、(甲基)丙烯醯胺樹脂、烯-硫醇樹脂、聚碳酸酯樹脂、聚醚樹脂、聚芳酯樹脂、聚碸樹脂、聚醚碸樹脂、聚苯樹脂、聚伸芳基醚氧化膦樹脂、聚醯亞胺樹脂、聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂、聚烯烴樹脂、環狀烯烴樹脂、聚酯樹脂、苯乙烯樹脂、矽氧烷樹脂等。又,亦能夠使用上述樹脂EP以外的環氧樹脂。Examples of other resins include (meth)acrylic resins, (meth)acrylamide resins, ene-thiol resins, polycarbonate resins, polyether resins, polyarylate resins, polysiloxane resins, and polyether resins. Resin, polyphenylene resin, polyarylene ether phosphine oxide resin, polyimide resin, polyimide resin, polyolefin resin, cyclic olefin resin, polyester resin, styrene resin, siloxane resin, etc. Moreover, epoxy resins other than the said resin EP can also be used.

其他樹脂係具有酸基之樹脂亦為較佳。作為酸基,例如,可列舉羧基、磷酸基、磺酸基、酚性羥基等。具有酸基之樹脂還能夠用作鹼可溶性樹脂、分散劑。具有酸基之樹脂的酸值係30~500mgKOH/g為較佳。下限係50mgKOH/g以上為更佳,70mgKOH/g以上為進一步較佳。上限係400mgKOH/g以下為更佳,200mgKOH/g以下為進一步較佳,150mgKOH/g以下為更進一步較佳,120mgKOH/g以下為特佳。Other resins are also preferably resins with acid groups. As an acid group, a carboxyl group, a phosphoric acid group, a sulfonic acid group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, etc. are mentioned, for example. Resins with acid groups can also be used as alkali-soluble resins and dispersants. The acid value of the resin having an acid group is preferably 30 to 500 mgKOH/g. The lower limit is more preferably 50 mgKOH/g or more, and more preferably 70 mgKOH/g or more. The upper limit is more preferably 400 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 200 mgKOH/g or less, still more preferably 150 mgKOH/g or less, and particularly preferably 120 mgKOH/g or less.

具有酸基之樹脂可以具有源自順丁烯二醯亞胺化合物之重複單元。作為順丁烯二醯亞胺化合物,可列舉N-烷基順丁烯二醯亞胺、N-芳基順丁烯二醯亞胺等。作為源自順丁烯二醯亞胺化合物之重複單元,可列舉由式(C-mi)表示之重複單元。

Figure 02_image023
The resin having an acid group may have a repeating unit derived from a maleimide compound. As a maleimide compound, N-alkylmaleimide, N-arylmaleimide, etc. are mentioned. As a repeating unit derived from a maleimide compound, the repeating unit represented by formula (C-mi) is mentioned.
Figure 02_image023

式(C-mi)中,Rmi表示烷基或芳基。烷基的碳數係1~20為較佳。烷基可以為直鏈狀、支鏈狀、環狀中的任一種。芳基的碳數為6~20為較佳,6~15為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳。Rmi係芳基為較佳。In formula (C-mi), Rmi represents an alkyl group or an aryl group. The carbon number of the alkyl group is preferably 1-20. The alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic. The carbon number of the aryl group is preferably 6-20, more preferably 6-15, and further preferably 6-10. Rmi is preferably an aryl group.

其他樹脂係包含源自由下述式(ED1)表示之化合物和/或由下述式(ED2)表示之化合物(以下,有時還將該等化合物稱為“醚二聚物”。)之重複單元之樹脂亦為較佳。Other resins contain repetitions derived from a compound represented by the following formula (ED1) and/or a compound represented by the following formula (ED2) (hereinafter, these compounds may also be referred to as "ether dimers".) The resin of the unit is also preferred.

Figure 02_image025
Figure 02_image025

式(ED1)中,R1 及R2 分別獨立地表示氫原子或可具有取代基之碳數1~25的烴基。

Figure 02_image027
式(ED2)中,R表示氫原子或碳數1~30的有機基。作為式(ED2)的具體例,能夠參閱日本特開2010-168539號的記載。In formula (ED1), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
Figure 02_image027
In formula (ED2), R represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms. As a specific example of Formula (ED2), the description of Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 2010-168539 can be referred to.

關於醚二聚物的具體例,能夠參閱日本特開2013-029760號的段落0317,且該內容被編入到本說明書中。For a specific example of the ether dimer, reference can be made to paragraph 0317 of JP 2013-029760 A, and the content is incorporated in the present specification.

其他樹脂係包含具有聚合性基之重複單元之樹脂亦為較佳。作為聚合性基,可列舉乙烯基、(甲基)烯丙基、(甲基)丙烯醯基等含有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團。Other resins are also preferably resins containing repeating units having a polymerizable group. As a polymerizable group, the group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond, such as a vinyl group, a (meth)allyl group, and a (meth)acryloyl group, is mentioned.

其他樹脂包含含有源自由式(III)表示之化合物之重複單元之樹脂亦為較佳。

Figure 02_image029
式中,R1 表示氫原子或甲基,R21 及R22 分別獨立地表示伸烷基,n表示0~15的整數。R21 及R22 表示之伸烷基的碳數係1~10為較佳,1~5更佳,1~3為進一步較佳,2或3特佳。n係0~5的整數為較佳,0~4的整數更佳,0~3的整數為進一步較佳。Other resins containing repeating units derived from the compound represented by the formula (III) are also preferred.
Figure 02_image029
In the formula, R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R 21 and R 22 each independently represent an alkylene group, and n represents an integer of 0 to 15. The carbon number of the alkylene group represented by R 21 and R 22 is preferably 1-10, more preferably 1-5, further preferably 1-3, and particularly preferably 2 or 3. n is preferably an integer of 0 to 5, more preferably an integer of 0 to 4, and even more preferably an integer of 0 to 3.

作為由式(III)表示之化合物,可列舉對枯基苯酚的環氧乙烷或環氧丙烷改質(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。作為市售品,可列舉ARONIX M-110(TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.製造)等。As a compound represented by formula (III), ethylene oxide or propylene oxide modified (meth)acrylate of p-cumylphenol, etc. are mentioned. As a commercial item, ARONIX M-110 (made by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.) etc. are mentioned.

其他樹脂係分散劑亦為較佳。作為分散劑,可列舉酸性分散劑(酸性樹脂)、鹼性分散劑(鹼性樹脂)。在此,酸性分散劑(酸性樹脂)表示酸基的量多於鹼基的量的樹脂。作為酸性分散劑(酸性樹脂),將酸基的量與鹼基的量的總量設為100莫耳%時,酸基的量佔據70莫耳%以上之樹脂為較佳,實質上僅包含酸基之樹脂為更佳。酸性分散劑(酸性樹脂)所具有之酸基係羧基為較佳。酸性分散劑(酸性樹脂)的酸值係10~105mgKOH/g為較佳。又,鹼性分散劑(鹼性樹脂)表示鹼基的量多於酸基的量的樹脂。作為鹼性分散劑(鹼性樹脂),將酸基的量與鹼基的量的總計量設為100莫耳%時鹼基的量超過50莫耳%之樹脂為較佳。鹼性分散劑所具有之鹼基係胺基為較佳。Other resin-based dispersants are also preferred. As a dispersing agent, an acidic dispersing agent (acidic resin) and a basic dispersing agent (basic resin) are mentioned. Here, the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) means a resin in which the amount of acid groups is larger than the amount of bases. As an acidic dispersant (acidic resin), when the total amount of the acid group and the base is 100 mol%, a resin in which the acid group accounts for 70 mol% or more is preferable, and substantially only contains Acid-based resins are more preferred. The acid group of the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably a carboxyl group. The acid value of the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably 10 to 105 mgKOH/g. In addition, the basic dispersant (basic resin) refers to a resin in which the amount of bases is larger than the amount of acid groups. As a basic dispersant (basic resin), when the total amount of the amount of acid groups and the amount of bases is set to 100 mol%, a resin in which the amount of bases exceeds 50 mol% is preferable. The base-based amine group possessed by the alkaline dispersant is preferred.

用作分散劑之樹脂包含具有酸基之重複單元為較佳。藉由用作分散劑之樹脂包含具有酸基之重複單元,在藉由光微影法形成圖案時,能夠進一步抑制顯影殘渣的產生。It is preferable that the resin used as a dispersant contains a repeating unit having an acid group. Since the resin used as a dispersant contains a repeating unit having an acid group, it is possible to further suppress the generation of development residues when a pattern is formed by a photolithography method.

用作分散劑之樹脂係接枝樹脂亦為較佳。關於接枝樹脂的詳細內容,能夠參閱日本特開2012-255128號的段落0025~0094的記載,且該內容被編入到本說明書中。Resin-based graft resins used as dispersants are also preferred. For details of the graft resin, the descriptions in paragraphs 0025 to 0094 of JP 2012-255128 A can be referred to, and the contents are incorporated in this specification.

用作分散劑之樹脂係在主鏈及側鏈中的至少一者包含氮原子之聚亞胺系分散劑亦為較佳。作為聚亞胺系分散劑,係具有主鏈及側鏈,且在主鏈及側鏈的至少一者上具有鹼性氮原子之樹脂為較佳,該主鏈包含具有pKa14以下的官能基之部分結構,該側鏈的原子數為40~10000。鹼性氮原子只要係呈鹼性之氮原子,則無特別限制。關於聚亞胺系分散劑,可參閱日本特開2012- 255128號段落0102~0166的記載,該內容被編入本說明書中。The resin used as the dispersant is also preferably a polyimide-based dispersant in which at least one of the main chain and the side chain contains a nitrogen atom. As the polyimine-based dispersant, resins having a main chain and a side chain, and having a basic nitrogen atom on at least one of the main chain and the side chain are preferred, and the main chain includes a resin having a functional group of pKa14 or less. Part of the structure, the number of atoms in the side chain is 40 to 10,000. The basic nitrogen atom is not particularly limited as long as it is a basic nitrogen atom. Regarding the polyimide-based dispersant, reference can be made to the descriptions in paragraphs 0102 to 0166 of JP 2012-255128 A, the contents of which are incorporated in the present specification.

用作分散劑之樹脂係在芯部鍵結有複數個聚合物鏈之結構的樹脂亦為較佳。這種樹脂的具體例可舉日本特開2013-043962號段落0196~0209中所記載之高分子化合物C-1~C-31等。The resin used as the dispersant is preferably a resin having a structure in which a plurality of polymer chains are bonded to the core. Specific examples of such resins include polymer compounds C-1 to C-31 described in paragraphs 0196 to 0209 of JP 2013-043962 A, and the like.

用作分散劑之樹脂係包含在側鏈上具有含有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團之重複單元之樹脂亦為較佳。樹脂的所有重複單元中,在側鏈上具有含有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團之重複單元的含量係10莫耳%以上為較佳,10~80莫耳%為更佳,20~70莫耳%為進一步較佳。It is also preferable that the resin used as the dispersing agent is a resin containing a repeating unit having a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond in the side chain. Among all the repeating units of the resin, the content of repeating units having groups containing ethylenically unsaturated bonds on the side chain is preferably 10 mol% or more, more preferably 10-80 mol%, 20-70 mol% Ear% is further preferred.

又,分散劑亦能夠使用國際公開第2016/104803號中所記載之具有聚酯側鏈之聚乙烯亞胺、國際公開第2019/125940號中所記載之嵌段共聚物、日本特開2020-066687號中所記載之具有丙烯酸醯胺結構單元之嵌段聚合物、日本特開2020-066688號中所記載之具有丙烯酸醯胺結構單元之嵌段聚合物等。In addition, as the dispersant, polyethyleneimine having polyester side chains described in International Publication No. 2016/104803, block copolymers described in International Publication No. 2019/125940, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2020- The block polymer having an acrylic acid amide structural unit described in No. 066687, the block polymer having an acrylic acid amide structural unit described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2020-066688, and the like.

分散劑還能夠作為市售品而獲得,作為這種具體例,可列舉BYK Chemie GmbH製造的Disperbyk系列(例如,Disperbyk-111、2001等)、Lubrizol Japan Ltd.製造的Solsperse系列(例如,Solsperse20000、76500等)、Ajinomoto Fine-Techno Co.,Inc.製造的Azisper系列等。又,還能夠將日本特開2012-137564號的段落0129中所記載之產品、日本特開2017-194662號的段落0235中所記載之產品用作分散劑。又,分散劑中還能夠較佳地使用日本特開2017-206689號的0041~0060段中所記載之樹脂、日本特開2019-095548號中所記載之包含受阻胺4級鹽之樹脂。The dispersant can also be obtained as a commercial product, and specific examples of this include Disperbyk series (for example, Disperbyk-111, 2001, etc.) manufactured by BYK Chemie GmbH, Solsperse series (for example, Solsperse20000, etc.) manufactured by Lubrizol Japan Ltd. 76500, etc.), Azisper series manufactured by Ajinomoto Fine-Techno Co., Inc., etc. Moreover, the product described in the paragraph 0129 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2012-137564 and the product described in the paragraph 0235 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2017-194662 can also be used as a dispersant. In addition, the resins described in paragraphs 0041 to 0060 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2017-206689 and the resins described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2019-095548 containing the quaternary hindered amine salt can also be preferably used as the dispersant.

著色組成物的總固體成分中,樹脂的含量係5~50質量%為較佳。上限係40質量%以下為較佳,30質量%以下為更佳。下限係7.5質量%以上為較佳,10質量%以上為更佳。 又,著色組成物的總固體成分中,上述之樹脂EP的含量係5~50質量%為較佳。上限係40質量%以下為較佳,30質量%以下為更佳。下限係7.5質量%以上為較佳,10質量%以上為更佳。 又,著色組成物中所包含之樹脂中的上述之樹脂EP的含量係80~100質量%為較佳。上限係97.5質量%以下為較佳,95質量%以下更佳。下限係82.5質量%以上為較佳,85質量%以上為更佳。It is preferable that content of resin is 5-50 mass % in the total solid content of a coloring composition. The upper limit is preferably 40 mass % or less, more preferably 30 mass % or less. The lower limit is preferably 7.5% by mass or more, and more preferably 10% by mass or more. Moreover, it is preferable that content of the resin EP mentioned above is 5-50 mass % in the total solid content of a coloring composition. The upper limit is preferably 40 mass % or less, more preferably 30 mass % or less. The lower limit is preferably 7.5% by mass or more, and more preferably 10% by mass or more. Moreover, it is preferable that content of the resin EP mentioned above in the resin contained in a coloring composition is 80-100 mass %. The upper limit is preferably 97.5 mass % or less, more preferably 95 mass % or less. The lower limit is preferably 82.5 mass % or more, and more preferably 85 mass % or more.

<<聚合性化合物>> 本發明的著色組成物含有聚合性化合物。作為聚合性化合物,可列舉具有含有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團之化合物等。作為含有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團,可列舉乙烯基、(甲基)烯丙基、(甲基)丙烯醯基等。本發明中所使用之聚合性化合物係自由基聚合性化合物為較佳。<<Polymerizable compound>> The coloring composition of the present invention contains a polymerizable compound. As a polymerizable compound, the compound etc. which have a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond are mentioned. As a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond, a vinyl group, a (meth)allyl group, a (meth)acryloyl group, etc. are mentioned. The polymerizable compound used in the present invention is preferably a radically polymerizable compound.

作為聚合性化合物,可以為單體、預聚物、寡聚物等化學形態中的任一者,單體為較佳。聚合性化合物的分子量係100~3000為較佳。上限係2000以下為更佳,1500以下為進一步較佳。下限係150以上為更佳,250以上為進一步較佳。As the polymerizable compound, any of chemical forms such as monomers, prepolymers, and oligomers may be used, and monomers are preferred. The molecular weight of the polymerizable compound is preferably 100 to 3000. The upper limit is more preferably 2000 or less, and further more preferably 1500 or less. The lower limit is more preferably 150 or more, and more preferably 250 or more.

就著色組成物的經時穩定性的觀點而言,聚合性化合物的含有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團的含量(以下,稱為C=C值)係2~14mmol/g為較佳。下限係3mmol/g以上較佳,4mmol/g以上更佳,5mmol/g以上為進一步較佳。上限係12mmol/g以下為較佳,10mmol/g以下更佳,8mmol/g以下為進一步較佳。聚合性化合物的C=C值係藉由將聚合性化合物的一分子中所包含之含有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團的數量除以聚合性化合物的分子量來計算之值。From the viewpoint of the temporal stability of the coloring composition, the content of the ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group (hereinafter, referred to as C=C value) of the polymerizable compound is preferably 2 to 14 mmol/g. The lower limit is preferably 3 mmol/g or more, more preferably 4 mmol/g or more, and even more preferably 5 mmol/g or more. The upper limit is preferably 12 mmol/g or less, more preferably 10 mmol/g or less, and even more preferably 8 mmol/g or less. The C=C value of the polymerizable compound is a value calculated by dividing the number of ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing groups contained in one molecule of the polymerizable compound by the molecular weight of the polymerizable compound.

聚合性化合物係包含3個以上的含有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團之化合物為較佳,包含3~15個含有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團之化合物為更佳,包含3~6個含有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團之化合物為進一步較佳。又,聚合性化合物係3~15官能的(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物為較佳,3~6官能的(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物為更佳。作為聚合性化合物的具體例,可列舉日本特開2009-288705號的段落0095~0108、日本特開2013-029760號的0227段、日本特開2008-292970號的段落0254~0257、日本特開2013-253224號的段落0034~0038、日本特開2012-208494號的段落0477、日本特開2017-048367號、日本專利第6057891號、日本專利第6031807號、日本特開2017-194662號中所記載之化合物,且該等內容被編入到本說明書中。The polymerizable compound is preferably a compound containing 3 or more groups containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond, more preferably a compound containing 3 to 15 groups containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond, and 3 to 6 groups containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond. The compound of the group of an ethylenically unsaturated bond is more preferable. Moreover, the polymerizable compound is preferably a 3- to 15-functional (meth)acrylate compound, and more preferably a 3- to 6-functional (meth)acrylate compound. Specific examples of the polymerizable compound include paragraphs 0095 to 0108 of JP 2009-288705 A, paragraph 0227 of JP 2013-029760 A, paragraphs 0254 to 0257 of JP 2008-292970 A, and JP 2013-029760 A. Paragraphs 0034 to 0038 of No. 2013-253224, Paragraph 0477 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2012-208494, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2017-048367, Japanese Patent No. 6057891, Japanese Patent No. 6031807, and Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2017-194662 Compounds described, and these contents are incorporated into this specification.

作為聚合性化合物,二季戊四醇三丙烯酸酯(作為市售品為KAYARAD D-330;Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造)、二季戊四醇四丙烯酸酯(作為市售品為KAYARAD D-320;Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造)、二季戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯(作為市售品為KAYARAD D-310;Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造)、二季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯(作為市售品為KAYARAD DPHA;Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造、NK ESTER A-DPH-12E;Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.製造)及經由乙二醇和/或丙二醇殘基而鍵結有該等(甲基)丙烯醯基之結構的化合物(例如,由SARTOMER Company,Inc.製造市售之SR454、SR499)為較佳。又,作為聚合性化合物,還能夠使用雙甘油EO(環氧乙烷)改質(甲基)丙烯酸酯(作為市售品,M-460;TOAGOSEI CO.,Ltd.製造)、季戊四醇四丙烯酸酯(Shin Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.製造,NK Ester A-TMMT)、1,6-己二醇二丙烯酸酯(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造,KAYARAD HDDA)、RP-1040(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造)、ARONIX TO-2349(TOAGOSEI CO.,Ltd.製造)、NK Oligo UA-7200(Shin Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.製造)、8UH-1006、8UH-1012(Taisei Fine Chemical Co., Ltd.製造)、LIGHT ACRYLATE POB-A0(KYOEISHA CHEMICAL Co.,LTD.製造)等。As the polymerizable compound, dipentaerythritol triacrylate (a commercial product: KAYARAD D-330; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol tetraacrylate (a commercial product: KAYARAD D-320; Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) ., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate (available as KAYARAD D-310; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate (available as a commercial product) products are KAYARAD DPHA; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., NK ESTER A-DPH-12E; manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) and these ( Compounds of the structure of meth)acryloyl group (for example, commercially available SR454 and SR499 manufactured by SARTOMER Company, Inc.) are preferred. Further, as the polymerizable compound, diglycerol EO (ethylene oxide) modified (meth)acrylate (as a commercial item, M-460; manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., Ltd.), pentaerythritol tetraacrylate can also be used (manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd., NK Ester A-TMMT), 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., KAYARAD HDDA), RP-1040 (Nippon Kayaku Co. , Ltd.), ARONIX TO-2349 (manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., Ltd.), NK Oligo UA-7200 (manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), 8UH-1006, 8UH-1012 (Taisei Fine Chemical Co. , Ltd.), LIGHT ACRYLATE POB-A0 (manufactured by KYOEISHA CHEMICAL Co., LTD.), etc.

作為聚合性化合物,使用三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷環氧丙烷改質三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷環氧乙烷改質三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、異氰脲酸環氧乙烷改質三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯等3官能的(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物亦較佳。作為3官能的(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物的市售品,可列舉ARONIX M-309、M-310、M-321、M-350、M-360、M-313、M-315、M-306、M-305、M-303、M-452、M-450(TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.製造)、NK ESTER A9300、A-GLY-9E、A-GLY-20E、A-TMM-3、A-TMM-3L、A-TMM-3LM-N、A-TMPT、TMPT(Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.製造)、KAYARAD GPO-303、TMPTA、THE-330、TPA-330、PET-30(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造)等。As the polymerizable compound, trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane propylene oxide modified tri(meth)acrylate, and trimethylolpropane ethylene oxide modified tri(meth)acrylate were used. Trifunctional (meth)acrylate compounds such as meth)acrylate, isocyanurate-modified ethylene oxide tri(meth)acrylate, and pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate are also preferred. As a commercial item of a trifunctional (meth)acrylate compound, ARONIX M-309, M-310, M-321, M-350, M-360, M-313, M-315, M-306 are mentioned , M-305, M-303, M-452, M-450 (manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.), NK ESTER A9300, A-GLY-9E, A-GLY-20E, A-TMM-3, A- TMM-3L, A-TMM-3LM-N, A-TMPT, TMPT (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), KAYARAD GPO-303, TMPTA, THE-330, TPA-330, PET-30 (Nippon Manufactured by Kayaku Co., Ltd.) etc.

聚合性化合物還可使用具有酸基之聚合性化合物。藉由使用具有酸基之聚合性化合物,顯影時容易去除未曝光部的著色組成物,從而能夠抑制產生顯影殘渣。作為酸基,可列舉羧基、磺酸基、磷酸基等,羧基為較佳。具有酸基之聚合性化合物的市售品可例舉ARONIX M-305、M-510、M-520、ARONIX TO-2349(TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.製造)等。作為具有酸基之聚合性化合物的較佳的酸值,為0.1~40mgKOH/g,更佳為5~30mgKOH/g。若聚合性化合物的酸值為0.1mgKOH/g以上,則相對於顯影液之溶解性良好,若為40mgKOH/g以下,則有利於製造、操作。As the polymerizable compound, a polymerizable compound having an acid group can also be used. By using the polymerizable compound having an acid group, the coloring composition of the unexposed portion can be easily removed during development, and the generation of development residues can be suppressed. As an acid group, a carboxyl group, a sulfonic acid group, a phosphoric acid group, etc. are mentioned, A carboxyl group is preferable. As a commercial item of the polymerizable compound which has an acid group, ARONIX M-305, M-510, M-520, ARONIX TO-2349 (made by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.) etc. are mentioned. As a preferable acid value of the polymerizable compound which has an acid group, it is 0.1-40 mgKOH/g, More preferably, it is 5-30 mgKOH/g. When the acid value of the polymerizable compound is 0.1 mgKOH/g or more, the solubility with respect to the developing solution is good, and when it is 40 mgKOH/g or less, it is advantageous for production and handling.

作為聚合性化合物,還能夠使用具有己內酯結構之聚合性化合物。關於具有己內酯結構之聚合性化合物,例如,作為KAYARAD DPCA系列而由Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.市售,可列舉DPCA-20、DPCA-30、DPCA-60、DPCA-120等。As the polymerizable compound, a polymerizable compound having a caprolactone structure can also be used. As a polymerizable compound which has a caprolactone structure, it is marketed by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. as KAYARAD DPCA series, for example, DPCA-20, DPCA-30, DPCA-60, DPCA-120 etc. are mentioned.

作為聚合性化合物,還能夠使用具有伸烷氧基之聚合性化合物。具有伸烷氧基之聚合性化合物係具有伸乙基氧基和/或伸丙基氧基之聚合性化合物為較佳,具有伸乙基氧基之聚合性化合物為更佳,具有4~20個伸乙基氧基之3~6官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物為進一步較佳。作為具有伸烷氧基之聚合性化合物的市售品,可列舉KAYARAD RP-1040(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造)等。As the polymerizable compound, a polymerizable compound having an alkaneoxy group can also be used. The polymerizable compound with an alkeneoxy group is preferably a polymerizable compound with an ethyleneoxy group and/or a propylideneoxy group, and the polymerizable compound with an ethylideneoxy group is more preferably, and has 4-20 A 3- to 6-functional (meth)acrylate compound having an ethylideneoxy group is further preferred. As a commercial item of the polymerizable compound which has an alkaneoxy group, KAYARAD RP-1040 (made by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) etc. are mentioned.

作為聚合性化合物,還能夠使用具有茀骨架之聚合性化合物。作為具有茀骨架之聚合性化合物的市售品,可列舉OGSOL EA-0200、EA-0300(Osaka Gas Chemicals Co., Ltd.製造,具有茀骨架之(甲基)丙烯酸酯單體)等。As the polymerizable compound, a polymerizable compound having a perylene skeleton can also be used. As a commercial item of the polymerizable compound which has a perylene skeleton, OGSOL EA-0200, EA-0300 (Osaka Gas Chemicals Co., Ltd. make, the (meth)acrylate monomer which has a perylene skeleton) etc. are mentioned.

聚合性化合物使用實質上不含甲苯等環境管制物質之化合物亦為較佳。這種化合物的市售品可舉KAYARAD DPHA LT、KAYARAD DPEA-12 LT(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造)等。As the polymerizable compound, it is also preferable to use a compound that does not substantially contain environmental control substances such as toluene. Commercially available products of such compounds include KAYARAD DPHA LT and KAYARAD DPEA-12 LT (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.).

作為聚合性化合物,如日本特公昭48-041708號、日本特開昭51-037193號、日本特公平02-032293號、日本特公平02-016765號中所記載般的丙烯酸胺酯類;日本特公昭58-049860號、日本特公昭56-017654號、日本特公昭62-039417號、日本特公昭62-039418號記載之具有環氧乙烷系骨架之胺酯化合物亦較佳。又,使用日本特開昭63-277653號、日本特開昭63-260909號、日本特開平01-105238號記載之在分子內具胺基結構、硫醚結構之聚合性化合物亦較佳。又聚合性化合物還可使用UA-7200(Shin- Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.產)、DPHA-40H(Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.產)、UA-306H、UA-306T、UA-306I、AH-600、T-600、AI-600、LINC-202UA(Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.產)等市售品。As the polymerizable compound, there are acrylates such as those described in Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 48-041708, Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 51-037193, Japanese Patent Publication No. 02-032293, and Japanese Patent Publication No. 02-016765; Japanese Patent Publication No. 02-016765 The urethane compounds having an ethylene oxide-based skeleton described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 58-049860, Japanese Patent Publication No. 56-017654, Japanese Patent Publication No. 62-039417, and Japanese Patent Publication No. 62-039418 are also preferred. Moreover, it is also preferable to use the polymerizable compound which has an amine group structure and a sulfide structure in a molecule|numerator as described in Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 63-277653, Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 63-260909, and Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 01-105238. As the polymerizable compound, UA-7200 (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), DPHA-40H (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), UA-306H, UA-306T, UA-306I, AH -600, T-600, AI-600, LINC-202UA (produced by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.) and other commercial products.

著色組成物的總固體成分中,聚合性化合物的含量係5.0~35質量%為較佳。上限係30質量%以下為較佳,25質量%以下為更佳。下限係7.5質量%以上為較佳,10質量%以上為更佳。It is preferable that content of a polymerizable compound is 5.0-35 mass % in the total solid content of a coloring composition. The upper limit is preferably 30 mass % or less, and more preferably 25 mass % or less. The lower limit is preferably 7.5% by mass or more, and more preferably 10% by mass or more.

<<光聚合起始劑>> 關於本發明的著色組成物含有光聚合起始劑。作為光聚合起始劑,並無特別限制,能夠從公知的光聚合起始劑中適當地進行選擇。光聚合起始劑係光自由基聚合起始劑為較佳。<<Photopolymerization initiator>> The coloring composition concerning this invention contains a photopolymerization initiator. The photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected from known photopolymerization initiators. The photopolymerization initiator is preferably a photoradical polymerization initiator.

作為光聚合起始劑,可列舉鹵化烴衍生物(例如,具有三𠯤骨架之化合物、具有噁二唑骨架之化合物等)、醯基膦化合物、六芳基雙咪唑、肟化合物、有機過氧化物、硫化合物、酮化合物、芳香族鎓鹽、羥基烷基苯酮化合物、胺基烷基苯酮化合物等。就曝光靈敏度的觀點而言,光聚合起始劑係三鹵甲基三𠯤(trihalo methyl triazine)化合物、苄基二甲基縮酮化合物、羥基烷基苯酮化合物、胺基烷基苯酮化合物、醯基膦化合物、氧化膦化合物、茂金屬化合物、肟化合物、三芳基咪唑二聚物、鎓化合物、苯并噻唑化合物、二苯甲酮化合物、苯乙酮化合物、環戊二烯-苯-鐵錯合物、鹵甲基噁二唑化合物及3-芳基取代之香豆素化合物為較佳,選自肟化合物、羥基烷基苯酮化合物、胺基烷基苯酮化合物及醯基膦化合物中之化合物為更佳,肟化合物為進一步較佳。又,作為光聚合起始劑,可列舉日本特開2014-130173號的0065~0111段、日本專利第6301489號中所記載之化合物、MATERIAL STAGE 37~60p,vol.19,No.3,2019中所記載之過氧化物系光聚合起始劑、國際公開第2018/221177號中所記載之光聚合起始劑、國際公開第2018/110179號中所記載之光聚合起始劑、日本特開2019-043864號中所記載之光聚合起始劑、日本特開2019-044030號中所記載之光聚合起始劑、日本特開2019-167313號中所記載之過氧化物系起始劑,且該等內容被編入到本說明書中。Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives (for example, compounds having a trisium skeleton, compounds having an oxadiazole skeleton, etc.), acylphosphine compounds, hexaarylbisimidazoles, oxime compounds, and organic peroxides. compounds, sulfur compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, hydroxyalkylphenone compounds, aminoalkylphenone compounds, etc. From the viewpoint of exposure sensitivity, the photopolymerization initiators are trihalomethyl triazine compounds, benzyl dimethyl ketal compounds, hydroxyalkylphenone compounds, and aminoalkylphenone compounds. , Acylphosphine compounds, phosphine oxide compounds, metallocene compounds, oxime compounds, triarylimidazole dimers, onium compounds, benzothiazole compounds, benzophenone compounds, acetophenone compounds, cyclopentadiene-benzene- Iron complexes, halomethyloxadiazole compounds and 3-aryl substituted coumarin compounds are preferred, selected from oxime compounds, hydroxyalkylphenone compounds, aminoalkylphenone compounds and acylphosphine The compound among the compounds is more preferable, and the oxime compound is further preferable. Moreover, as a photopolymerization initiator, the compound described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2014-130173, paragraphs 0065 to 0111, Japanese Patent No. 6301489, MATERIAL STAGE 37 to 60p, vol. 19, No. 3, 2019 can be mentioned. Peroxide-based photopolymerization initiators described in, Photopolymerization initiators described in International Publication No. 2018/221177, Photopolymerization initiators described in International Publication No. 2018/110179, Japanese Patent Publication No. 2018/110179 The photopolymerization initiator described in Kokai No. 2019-043864, the photopolymerization initiator described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2019-044030, and the peroxide-based initiator described in Japanese Kokai Publication No. 2019-167313 , and these contents are incorporated into this specification.

作為胺基烷基苯酮化合物,例如,可列舉日本特開平10-291969號中所記載之胺基烷基苯酮化合物。又,作為胺基烷基苯酮化合物的市售品,可列舉Omnirad 907、Omnirad 369、Omnirad 369E、Omnirad 379EG(以上為IGM Resins B.V.公司製造)、Irgacure 907、Irgacure 369、Irgacure 369E、Irgacure 379EG(以上為BASF公司製造)等。As an aminoalkylphenone compound, the aminoalkylphenone compound described in Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 10-291969 is mentioned, for example. In addition, examples of commercially available aminoalkylphenone compounds include Omnirad 907, Omnirad 369, Omnirad 369E, Omnirad 379EG (the above are manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), Irgacure 907, Irgacure 369, Irgacure 369E, and Irgacure 379EG ( The above are manufactured by BASF Corporation) and so on.

作為醯基膦化合物,可列舉日本專利第4225898號中所記載之醯基膦化合物等。作為具體例,可列舉雙(2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基)-苯基氧化膦等。作為醯基膦化合物的市售品,可列舉Omnirad 819、Omnirad TPO(以上為IGM Resins B.V.公司製造)、Irgacure 819、Irgacure TPO(以上為BASF公司製造)等。As an acylphosphine compound, the acylphosphine compound described in Japanese Patent No. 4225898, etc. are mentioned. As a specific example, bis(2,4,6-trimethylbenzyl)-phenylphosphine oxide etc. are mentioned. Commercially available acylphosphine compounds include Omnirad 819, Omnirad TPO (the above are manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), Irgacure 819, and Irgacure TPO (the above are manufactured by BASF Corporation).

羥基烷基苯酮化合物可例舉由下述式(V)表示之化合物。 式(V)

Figure 02_image031
式中Rv1 表示取代基,Rv2 及Rv3 分別獨立地表示氫原子或取代基,Rv2 和Rv3 亦可以彼此鍵結而形成環,m表示0~5的整數。The hydroxyalkylphenone compound may, for example, be a compound represented by the following formula (V). Formula (V)
Figure 02_image031
In the formula, Rv 1 represents a substituent, Rv 2 and Rv 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, Rv 2 and Rv 3 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and m represents an integer of 0-5.

作為Rv1 所表示之取代基,可列舉烷基(較佳為碳數1~10的烷基)、烷氧基(較佳為碳數1~10的烷氧基)。烷基及烷氧基係直鏈或支鏈為較佳,直鏈為更佳。Rv1 所表示之烷基及烷氧基可以未經取代,亦可以具有取代基。作為取代基,可列舉羥基、具有羥基烷基苯酮結構之基團等。作為具有羥基烷基苯酮結構之基團,可列舉式(V)中的Rv1 所鍵結之苯環或從Rv1 去除1個氫原子而成之結構的基團。Examples of the substituent represented by Rv 1 include an alkyl group (preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms) and an alkoxy group (preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms). The alkyl group and the alkoxy group are preferably linear or branched, more preferably linear. The alkyl group and alkoxy group represented by Rv 1 may be unsubstituted or may have a substituent. As a substituent, a hydroxyl group, a group which has a hydroxyalkylphenone structure, etc. are mentioned. Examples of the group having a hydroxyalkylphenone structure include a benzene ring to which Rv 1 in formula (V) is bonded, or a group having a structure in which one hydrogen atom is removed from Rv 1 .

作為Rv2 及Rv3 中的取代基,烷基(較佳為碳數1~10的烷基)為較佳。又,Rv2 與Rv3 可以相互鍵結而形成環(較佳為碳數4~8的環,更佳為碳數4~8的脂肪族環)。烷基係直鏈或支鏈為較佳,直鏈為更佳。As a substituent in Rv 2 and Rv 3 , an alkyl group (preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms) is preferable. In addition, Rv 2 and Rv 3 may be bonded to each other to form a ring (preferably a ring having 4 to 8 carbon atoms, more preferably an aliphatic ring having 4 to 8 carbon atoms). The alkyl group is preferably straight chain or branched chain, more preferably straight chain.

由式(V)表示之化合物的具體例可例舉下述化合物。

Figure 02_image033
Specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (V) include the following compounds.
Figure 02_image033

作為羥基烷基苯酮化合物的市售品,可列舉Omnirad 184、Omnirad 1173、Omnirad 2959、Omnirad 127(以上為IGM Resins B.V.公司製造)、Irgacure 184、Irgacure 1173、Irgacure 2959、Irgacure 127(以上為BASF公司製造)等。Commercially available hydroxyalkylphenone compounds include Omnirad 184, Omnirad 1173, Omnirad 2959, Omnirad 127 (the above are manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), Irgacure 184, Irgacure 1173, Irgacure 2959, and Irgacure 127 (the above are BASF company) etc.

肟化合物可例舉日本特開2001-233842記載之化合物、日本特開2000-080068號記載之化合物、日本特開2006-342166號記載之化合物、J.C.S.Perkin II(1979年、pp.1653-1660)記載之化合物、J.C.S.Perkin II(1979年、pp.156-162)所記載之化合物、Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology(1995年、pp. 202- 232)記載之化合物、日本特開2000-066385號記載之化合物、日本特表2004-534797號記載之化合物、日本特開2017-019766號記載之化合物、日本專利第6065596號記載之化合物、國際公開第2015/152153號記載之化合物、國際公開第2017/051680號記載之化合物、日本特開2017-198865號記載之化合物、國際公開第2017/ 164127號段落0025~0038記載之化合物、國際公開第2013/167515號記載之化合物等。肟化合物的具體例可例舉3-苯甲醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、3-乙醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、3-乙醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、2-乙醯氧基亞胺基戊烷-3-酮、2-乙醯氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮、2-苯甲醯氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮、3-(4-甲苯磺醯氧基)亞胺基丁烷-2-酮及2-乙氧基羰氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮等。作為市售品,可列舉Irgacure OXE01、Irgacure OXE02、Irgacure OXE03、Irgacure OXE04(以上為BASF公司製造)、TR-PBG-304(Changzhou Tronly New Electronic Materials CO., LTD.製造)、Adeka Optomer N-1919(ADEKA CORPORATION製造,日本特開2012-014052號記載之光聚合起始劑2)。又,作為肟化合物,使用無著色性之化合物或透明性高且不易變色之化合物亦為較佳。作為市售品,可列舉ADEKA ARKLS NCI-730、NCI-831、NCI-930(以上為ADEKA CORPORATION製造)等。As the oxime compound, the compound described in JP 2001-233842, the compound described in JP 2000-080068, the compound described in JP 2006-342166, J.C.S. Perkin II (1979, pp.1653-1660) Compounds described, compounds described in J.C.S. Perkin II (1979, pp. 156-162), compounds described in Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology (1995, pp. 202-232), described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2000-066385 The compound described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2004-534797, the compound described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2017-019766, the compound described in Japanese Patent No. 6065596, the compound described in International Publication No. 2015/152153, the compound described in International Publication No. 2017/ The compound described in No. 051680, the compound described in JP-A No. 2017-198865, the compound described in paragraphs 0025 to 0038 of International Publication No. 2017/164127, the compound described in International Publication No. 2013/167515, and the like. Specific examples of the oxime compound include 3-benzyloxyiminobutan-2-one, 3-acetoxyiminobutan-2-one, and 3-acetoxyiminobutan-2-one. Butan-2-one, 2-acetoxyiminopentan-3-one, 2-acetoxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 2-benzyloxy Imino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 3-(4-toluenesulfonyloxy)iminobutan-2-one and 2-ethoxycarbonyloxyimino-1-benzene propan-1-one, etc. Commercially available products include Irgacure OXE01, Irgacure OXE02, Irgacure OXE03, Irgacure OXE04 (the above are manufactured by BASF), TR-PBG-304 (manufactured by Changzhou Trolly New Electronic Materials CO., LTD.), Adeka Optomer N-1919 (The photopolymerization initiator 2 described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2012-014052, manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION). Moreover, as an oxime compound, it is also preferable to use a non-colorable compound or a compound with high transparency and hardly discoloration. As a commercial item, ADEKA ARKLS NCI-730, NCI-831, NCI-930 (the above are manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION) etc. are mentioned.

光聚合起始劑還可使用具有茀環之肟化合物,具體例可舉日本特開2014-137466號記載之化合物、日本專利6636081號記載之化合物、韓國公開專利10-2016-0109444號記載之化合物。As the photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound having a perylene ring can also be used, and specific examples include the compound described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2014-137466, the compound described in Japanese Patent No. 6636081, and the compound described in Korean Patent Laid-Open No. 10-2016-0109444 .

作為光聚合起始劑,還能夠使用具有咔唑環的至少1個苯環成為萘環之骨架之肟化合物。作為這種肟化合物的具體例,可列舉國際公開第2013/083505號中所記載之化合物。As the photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound having at least one benzene ring of a carbazole ring serving as a skeleton of a naphthalene ring can also be used. Specific examples of such oxime compounds include compounds described in International Publication No. 2013/083505.

光聚合起始劑還可使用具有氟原子之肟化合物。包含氟原子之肟化合物係由式(OX-1)表示之化合物為較佳。

Figure 02_image035
(OX-1) 式(OX-1)中,Ar1 及Ar2 分別獨立地表示可以具有取代基之芳香族烴環,R1 表示具有包含氟原子之基團之芳基,R2 及R3 分別獨立地表示烷基或芳基。As the photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound having a fluorine atom can also be used. The oxime compound containing a fluorine atom is preferably a compound represented by the formula (OX-1).
Figure 02_image035
(OX-1) In formula (OX-1), Ar 1 and Ar 2 each independently represent an aromatic hydrocarbon ring which may have a substituent, R 1 represents an aryl group having a group containing a fluorine atom, R 2 and R 3 each independently represents an alkyl group or an aryl group.

式(OX-1)的Ar1 及Ar2 所表示之芳香族烴環可以為單環,亦可以為稠環。構成芳香族烴環的環之碳原子數係6~20為較佳,6~15為更佳,6~10為特佳。芳香族烴環係苯環及萘環為較佳。其中,Ar1 係苯環為較佳。Ar2 係苯環或萘環為較佳,萘環為更佳。The aromatic hydrocarbon ring represented by Ar 1 and Ar 2 in formula (OX-1) may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring. The number of carbon atoms of the ring constituting the aromatic hydrocarbon ring is preferably 6 to 20, more preferably 6 to 15, and particularly preferably 6 to 10. The aromatic hydrocarbon rings are preferably a benzene ring and a naphthalene ring. Among them, an Ar 1 -series benzene ring is preferable. Ar 2 is preferably a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring, more preferably a naphthalene ring.

作為Ar1 及Ar2 可以具有之取代基,可列舉烷基、芳基、雜環基、硝基、氰基、鹵素原子、-ORX1 、-SRX1 、-CORX1 、-COORX1 、-OCORX1 、-NRX1RX2 、-NHCORX1 、-CONRX1 RX2 、-NHCONRX1 RX2 、-NHCOORX1 、-SO2 RX1 、-SO2 ORX1 及-NHSO2 RX1 等。RX1 及RX2 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、芳基或雜環基。 關於鹵素原子,可列舉氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子等,氟原子為較佳。作為取代基的烷基以及RX1 及RX2 所表示之烷基的碳數為1~30為較佳。烷基可以為直鏈、支鏈、環狀中的任一種,但是直鏈或支鏈為較佳。烷基中,氫原子的一部分或全部可以被鹵素原子(較佳為氟原子)取代。又,烷基中,氫原子的一部分或全部可以被上述取代基取代。作為取代基的芳基以及RX1 及RX2 所表示之芳基的碳數為6~20為較佳,6~15更佳,6~10為進一步較佳。芳基可以為單環,亦可以為稠環。又,芳基中,氫原子的一部分或全部可以被上述取代基取代。作為取代基的雜環基以及RX1 及RX2 所表示之雜環基係5員環或6員環為較佳。雜環基可以為單環,亦可以為稠環。構成雜環基之碳原子的數係3~30較佳,3~18更佳,3~12又更佳。構成雜環基之雜原子的數係1~3為較佳。構成雜環基之雜原子係氮原子、氧原子或硫原子為較佳。又,雜環基中,氫原子的一部分或全部可以被上述取代基取代。Examples of substituents that Ar 1 and Ar 2 may have include an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, a nitro group, a cyano group, a halogen atom, -OR X1 , -SR X1 , -COR X1 , -COOR X1 , - OCOR X1 , -NRX1R X2 , -NHCOR X1 , -CONR X1 R X2 , -NHCONR X1 R X2 , -NHCOOR X1 , -SO 2 R X1 , -SO 2 OR X1 , -NHSO 2 R X1 and the like. R X1 and R X2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group. As a halogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom, etc. are mentioned, A fluorine atom is preferable. The alkyl group as a substituent and the alkyl group represented by R X1 and R X2 preferably have 1 to 30 carbon atoms. The alkyl group may be any of straight chain, branched chain and cyclic chain, but straight chain or branched chain is preferred. In the alkyl group, a part or all of hydrogen atoms may be substituted with halogen atoms (preferably fluorine atoms). In addition, in the alkyl group, a part or all of the hydrogen atoms may be substituted with the above-mentioned substituents. The number of carbon atoms of the aryl group as a substituent and the aryl group represented by R X1 and R X2 is preferably 6 to 20, more preferably 6 to 15, and even more preferably 6 to 10. The aryl group may be a single ring or a condensed ring. In addition, in the aryl group, a part or all of the hydrogen atoms may be substituted with the above-mentioned substituents. The heterocyclic group as a substituent and the heterocyclic group represented by R X1 and R X2 are preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring. The heterocyclic group may be a single ring or a condensed ring. The number of carbon atoms constituting the heterocyclic group is preferably 3 to 30, more preferably 3 to 18, and even more preferably 3 to 12. The number system of the heteroatoms constituting the heterocyclic group is preferably 1 to 3. The hetero atom constituting the heterocyclic group is preferably a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom. In addition, in the heterocyclic group, a part or all of the hydrogen atoms may be substituted with the above-mentioned substituents.

Ar1 所表芳香族烴環係未經取代的芳香族烴環為較佳。Ar2 所表芳香族烴環具有取代基為較佳。作為取代基,-CORX1 為較佳。RX1 為烷基、芳基或雜環基較佳,芳基更佳。芳基可以具有取代基,亦可未經取代。取代基可例舉碳數1~10的烷基等。The aromatic hydrocarbon ring represented by Ar 1 is preferably an unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring. It is preferable that the aromatic hydrocarbon ring represented by Ar 2 has a substituent. As a substituent, -COR X1 is preferable. R X1 is preferably an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, more preferably an aryl group. The aryl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. The substituent may, for example, be an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.

式(OX-1)的R1 表示具有包含氟原子之基團之芳基。芳基的碳數為6~20為較佳,6~15為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳。包含氟原子之基團係具有氟原子之烷基(以下,亦稱為含氟烷基)及包含具有氟原子之烷基之基團(以下,亦稱為含氟基團)為較佳。作為含氟基團,選自-ORF1 、-SRF1 、-CORF1 、-COORF1 、-OCORF1 、-NRF1 RF2 、-NHCORF1 、-CONRF1 RF2 、-NHCONRF1 RF2 、-NHCOORF1 、-SO2 RF1 、-SO2 ORF1 及-NHSO2 RF1 中之至少1種基團為較佳。RF1 表示含氟烷基,RF2 表示氫原子、烷基、含氟烷基、芳基或雜環基。含氟基團為-ORF1 為較佳。R 1 of formula (OX-1) represents an aryl group having a group containing a fluorine atom. The carbon number of the aryl group is preferably 6-20, more preferably 6-15, and further preferably 6-10. The group containing a fluorine atom is preferably an alkyl group having a fluorine atom (hereinafter, also referred to as a fluorine-containing alkyl group) and a group containing an alkyl group having a fluorine atom (hereinafter, also referred to as a fluorine-containing group). As the fluorine-containing group, selected from -OR F1 , -SR F1 , -COR F1 , -COOR F1 , -OCOR F1 , -NR F1 R F2 , -NHCOR F1 , -CONR F1 R F2 , -NHCONR F1 R F2 , At least one of -NHCOOR F1 , -SO 2 R F1 , -SO 2 OR F1 and -NHSO 2 R F1 is preferred. R F1 represents a fluorine-containing alkyl group, and R F2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a fluorine-containing alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group. Preferably, the fluorine-containing group is -OR F1 .

RF1 及RF2 所表示之含氟烷基以及RF2 所表示之烷基的碳數係1~20為較佳,1~15為更佳,1~10為進一步較佳,1~4為特佳。含氟烷基及烷基可以為直鏈、支鏈、環狀中的任一種,但是直鏈或支鏈為較佳。含氟烷基中,氟原子的取代率係40~100%為較佳,50~100%為更佳,60~100%為進一步較佳。另外,氟原子的取代率係指被氟原子取代之數相對於烷基所具有之所有氫原子的數的比率(%)。The carbon number of the fluorine-containing alkyl group represented by R F1 and R F2 and the alkyl group represented by R F2 is preferably 1-20, more preferably 1-15, more preferably 1-10, and 1-4 is Excellent. The fluorine-containing alkyl group and the alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, but linear or branched chains are preferred. In the fluorine-containing alkyl group, the substitution rate of fluorine atoms is preferably 40 to 100%, more preferably 50 to 100%, and even more preferably 60 to 100%. In addition, the substitution rate of a fluorine atom means the ratio (%) of the number substituted by a fluorine atom with respect to the number of all hydrogen atoms which an alkyl group has.

RF2 所表示之芳基的碳數係6~20為較佳,6~15為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳。The carbon number of the aryl group represented by R F2 is preferably 6-20, more preferably 6-15, and even more preferably 6-10.

RF2 所表示之雜環基係5員環或6員環為較佳。雜環基可以為單環,亦可以為稠環。縮合數係2~8為較佳,2~6為更佳,3~5為進一步較佳,3~4為特佳。構成雜環基之碳原子的數係3~40為較佳,3~30為更佳,3~20為更佳。構成雜環基之雜原子的數係1~3為較佳。構成雜環基之雜原子係氮原子、氧原子或硫原子為較佳,氮原子為更佳。The heterocyclic group represented by R F2 is preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring. The heterocyclic group may be a single ring or a condensed ring. The condensation number coefficient is preferably 2 to 8, more preferably 2 to 6, further preferably 3 to 5, and particularly preferably 3 to 4. The number of carbon atoms constituting the heterocyclic group is preferably 3 to 40, more preferably 3 to 30, and even more preferably 3 to 20. The number system of the heteroatoms constituting the heterocyclic group is preferably 1 to 3. The heteroatom constituting the heterocyclic group is preferably a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, and more preferably a nitrogen atom.

包含氟原子之基團具有由式(1)或(2)表示之末端結構為較佳。式中的*表示連接鍵。 *-CHF2 (1)          *-CF3 (2)It is preferable that the group containing a fluorine atom has a terminal structure represented by formula (1) or (2). The * in the formula represents the connection bond. *-CHF 2 (1) *-CF 3 (2)

式(OX-1)的R2 表示烷基或芳基,烷基為較佳。烷基及芳基可以未經取代,亦可以具有取代基。 作為取代基,可列舉在上述Ar1 及Ar2 可以具有之取代基中所說明之取代基。烷基的碳數係1~20為較佳,1~15為更佳,1~10為進一步較佳,1~4為特佳。烷基可以為直鏈、支鏈、環狀中的任一種,但是直鏈或支鏈為較佳。芳基的碳數為6~20為較佳,6~15為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳。R 2 in formula (OX-1) represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, preferably an alkyl group. The alkyl group and the aryl group may be unsubstituted or may have a substituent. As a substituent, the substituent demonstrated in the said substituent which Ar 1 and Ar 2 may have can be mentioned. The carbon number of the alkyl group is preferably 1-20, more preferably 1-15, still more preferably 1-10, and particularly preferably 1-4. The alkyl group may be any of straight chain, branched chain and cyclic chain, but straight chain or branched chain is preferred. The carbon number of the aryl group is preferably 6-20, more preferably 6-15, and further preferably 6-10.

式(OX-1)的R3 表示烷基或芳基,烷基為較佳。烷基及芳基可以未經取代,亦可以具有取代基。 作為取代基,可列舉在上述Ar1 及Ar2 可以具有之取代基中所說明之取代基。R3 所表示之烷基的碳數係1~20為較佳,1~15為更佳,1~10為進一步較佳。烷基可以為直鏈、支鏈、環狀中的任一種,但是直鏈或支鏈為較佳。R3 所表示之芳基的碳數係6~20為較佳,6~15為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳。R 3 in formula (OX-1) represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, preferably an alkyl group. The alkyl group and the aryl group may be unsubstituted or may have a substituent. As a substituent, the substituent demonstrated in the said substituent which Ar 1 and Ar 2 may have can be mentioned. The carbon number of the alkyl group represented by R 3 is preferably 1-20, more preferably 1-15, and even more preferably 1-10. The alkyl group may be any of straight chain, branched chain and cyclic chain, but straight chain or branched chain is preferred. The carbon number of the aryl group represented by R 3 is preferably 6-20, more preferably 6-15, and even more preferably 6-10.

作為具有氟原子之肟化合物的具體例,可列舉日本特開2010-262028號中所記載之化合物、日本特表2014-500852號中所記載之化合物24、36~40、日本特開2013-164471號中所記載之化合物(C-3)等。Specific examples of the oxime compound having a fluorine atom include compounds described in JP 2010-262028 A, compounds 24, 36 to 40 described in JP 2014-500852, and JP 2013-164471 Compound (C-3) and the like described in No.

作為光聚合起始劑,還能狗使用具有硝基之肟化合物。具有硝基之肟化合物設為二聚體亦較佳。作為具有硝基之肟化合物的具體例,可列舉日本特開2013-114249號的段落0031~0047、日本特開2014-137466號的段落0008~0012、0070~0079中所記載之化合物、日本專利4223071號的段落0007~0025中所記載之化合物、ADEKA ARKLS NCI-831(ADEKA CORPORATION製造)。As a photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound having a nitro group can also be used. It is also preferable that the oxime compound having a nitro group is a dimer. Specific examples of the oxime compound having a nitro group include compounds described in paragraphs 0031 to 0047 of JP 2013-114249 A, paragraphs 0008 to 0012, and 0070 to 0079 of JP 2014-137466 A, and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-114249. The compound described in paragraphs 0007 to 0025 of No. 4223071, ADEKA ARKLS NCI-831 (manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION).

作為光聚合起始劑,還能夠使用具有苯并呋喃骨架之肟化合物。作為具體例,可列舉國際公開第2015/036910號中所記載之OE-01~OE-75。As the photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound having a benzofuran skeleton can also be used. Specific examples include OE-01 to OE-75 described in International Publication No. 2015/036910.

作為光聚合起始劑,還能夠使用具有羥基之取代基鍵結於咔唑骨架上而得之肟化合物。作為這種光聚合起始劑,可列舉國際公開第2019/088055號中所記載之化合物等。As the photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound in which a substituent having a hydroxyl group is bonded to a carbazole skeleton can also be used. As such a photopolymerization initiator, the compound described in International Publication No. 2019/088055, etc. are mentioned.

以下示出在本發明中較佳地使用之肟化合物的具體例,但本發明並不限定於該等。Specific examples of the oxime compound preferably used in the present invention are shown below, but the present invention is not limited to these.

Figure 02_image037
Figure 02_image039
Figure 02_image037
Figure 02_image039

在本發明中,作為光聚合起始劑,同時使用在甲醇中的波長365nm的吸光係數為1.0×103 mL/gcm以上的光聚合起始劑A1和在甲醇中的波長365nm的吸光係數為1.0×102 mL/gcm以下且在波長254nm的吸光係數為1.0×103 mL/gcm以上的光聚合起始劑A2為較佳。依據該態樣,容易藉由曝光使著色組成物充分硬化,能夠藉由低溫程序(例如,在整個製程中為150℃以下的溫度、較佳為120℃以下的溫度)來形成平坦性良好且耐溶劑性等特性亦優異的硬化膜。作為光聚合起始劑A1及光聚合起始劑A2,從上述之化合物中選擇具有上述吸光係數之化合物來使用為較佳。In the present invention, as a photopolymerization initiator, a photopolymerization initiator A1 having an absorption coefficient at a wavelength of 365 nm in methanol of 1.0×10 3 mL/gcm or more and an absorption coefficient at a wavelength of 365 nm in methanol of The photopolymerization initiator A2 having an absorption coefficient of 1.0×10 2 mL/gcm or less and an absorption coefficient at a wavelength of 254 nm of 1.0×10 3 mL/gcm or more is preferable. According to this aspect, it is easy to sufficiently harden the coloring composition by exposure, and a low-temperature process (for example, a temperature of 150° C. or lower in the whole process, preferably a temperature of 120° C. or lower) can be used to form a flat and smooth material. A cured film that is also excellent in properties such as solvent resistance. As the photopolymerization initiator A1 and the photopolymerization initiator A2, it is preferable to select and use a compound having the above-mentioned light absorption coefficient from the above-mentioned compounds.

另外,在本發明中,光聚合起始劑的上述波長下的吸光係數為以下述方式測量之值。亦即,藉由將光聚合起始劑溶解於甲醇中來製備測量溶液,並測量前述測量溶液的吸光度來計算。具體而言,將前述測量溶液放入寬度為1cm的玻璃槽中,使用Agilent Technologies, Inc.製造的UV-Vis-NIR光譜儀(Cary5000)測量吸光度,並套用到下述式中,計算出波長365nm及波長254nm下的吸光係數(mL/gcm)。

Figure 02_image041
上述式中,ε表示吸光係數(mL/gcm),A表示吸光度,c表示光聚合起始劑的濃度(g/mL),l表示光徑長度(cm)。In addition, in this invention, the light absorption coefficient in the said wavelength of a photopolymerization initiator is the value measured in the following way. That is, a measurement solution was prepared by dissolving the photopolymerization initiator in methanol, and the calculation was performed by measuring the absorbance of the aforementioned measurement solution. Specifically, the aforementioned measurement solution was placed in a glass tank with a width of 1 cm, and the absorbance was measured using a UV-Vis-NIR spectrometer (Cary5000) manufactured by Agilent Technologies, Inc., and applied to the following formula to calculate the wavelength of 365 nm. and the absorption coefficient (mL/gcm) at a wavelength of 254 nm.
Figure 02_image041
In the above formula, ε represents the absorption coefficient (mL/gcm), A represents the absorbance, c represents the concentration of the photopolymerization initiator (g/mL), and l represents the optical path length (cm).

光聚合起始劑A1在甲醇中的波長365nm下之吸光係數為1.0×103 mL/gcm以上,1.0×104 mL/gcm以上為較佳,1.1×104 mL/gcm以上為更佳,1.2×104 ~1.0×105 mL/gcm為進一步較佳,1.3×104 ~5.0×104 mL/gcm為更進一步較佳,1.5×104 ~3.0×104 mL/gcm為特佳。 又,光聚合起始劑A1在甲醇中的波長254nm的光的吸光係數為1.0×104 ~1.0×105 mL/gcm為較佳,1.5×104 ~9.5×104 mL/gcm為更佳,3.0×104 ~8.0×104 mL/gcm為進一步較佳。The absorption coefficient of the photopolymerization initiator A1 in methanol at a wavelength of 365 nm is 1.0×10 3 mL/gcm or more, preferably 1.0×10 4 mL/gcm or more, more preferably 1.1×10 4 mL/gcm or more, 1.2×10 4 to 1.0×10 5 mL/gcm is further preferable, 1.3×10 4 to 5.0×10 4 mL/gcm is further preferable, and 1.5×10 4 to 3.0×10 4 mL/gcm is particularly preferable . In addition, the absorption coefficient of the light with a wavelength of 254 nm in methanol of the photopolymerization initiator A1 is preferably 1.0×10 4 to 1.0×10 5 mL/gcm, more preferably 1.5×10 4 to 9.5×10 4 mL/gcm Preferably, 3.0×10 4 to 8.0×10 4 mL/gcm is further preferable.

作為光聚合起始劑A1,肟化合物、胺基烷基苯酮化合物、醯基膦化合物為較佳,肟化合物及醯基膦化合物為更佳,肟化合物為進一步較佳,就與組成物中所包含之其他成分的相容性的觀點而言,包含氟原子之肟化合物為特佳。作為光聚合起始劑A1的具體例,可列舉1,2-辛二酮,1-[4-(苯硫基)-,2-(O-苯甲醯肟)](作為市售品,例如,Irgacure OXE01,BASF公司製造)、乙酮,1-[9-乙基-6-(2-甲基苯甲醯基)-9H-咔唑-3-基]-,1-(O-乙醯肟)(作為市售品,例如,Irgacure OXE02,BASF公司製造)、雙(2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基)-苯基氧化膦(作為市售品,例如,Omnirad 819(IGM Resins B.V.公司製造)、Irgacure 819(BASF公司製造))、上述肟化合物的具體例中所示之(C-13)、(C-14)等。As the photopolymerization initiator A1, oxime compounds, aminoalkylphenone compounds, and acylphosphine compounds are preferred, oxime compounds and acylphosphine compounds are more preferred, and oxime compounds are further preferred, which are combined with the composition. From the viewpoint of compatibility with other components contained, an oxime compound containing a fluorine atom is particularly preferred. Specific examples of the photopolymerization initiator A1 include 1,2-octanedione, 1-[4-(phenylthio)-,2-(O-benzyl oxime)] (as a commercial item, For example, Irgacure OXE01, manufactured by BASF Corporation), ethyl ketone, 1-[9-ethyl-6-(2-methylbenzyl)-9H-carbazol-3-yl]-, 1-(O- Acetoxime) (as a commercial item, for example, Irgacure OXE02, manufactured by BASF Corporation), bis(2,4,6-trimethylbenzyl)-phenylphosphine oxide (as a commercial item, for example, Omnirad 819 (manufactured by IGM Resins B.V. Co., Ltd.), Irgacure 819 (manufactured by BASF Co., Ltd.), (C-13), (C-14) and the like shown in the specific examples of the above-mentioned oxime compounds.

光聚合起始劑A2在甲醇中的波長365nm的光的吸光係數為1.0×102 mL/gcm以下,10~1.0×102 mL/gcm為較佳,20~1.0×102 mL/gcm為更佳。又,光聚合起始劑A1在甲醇中的波長365nm的光的吸光係數與光聚合起始劑A2在甲醇中的波長365nm的光的吸光係數之差為9.0×102 mL/gcm以上,1.0×103 mL/gcm以上為較佳,5.0×103 ~3.0×104 mL/gcm為更佳,1.0×104 ~2.0×104 mL/gcm為進一步較佳。又,光聚合起始劑A2在甲醇中的波長254nm的光的吸光係數係1.0×103 mL/gcm以上,1.0×103 ~1.0×106 mL/gcm為較佳,5.0×103 ~1.0×105 mL/gcm為更佳。The light absorption coefficient of the photopolymerization initiator A2 in methanol with a wavelength of 365 nm is below 1.0×10 2 mL/gcm, preferably 10~1.0×10 2 mL/gcm, and 20~1.0×10 2 mL/gcm is better. In addition, the difference between the absorption coefficient of light with a wavelength of 365 nm in methanol of the photopolymerization initiator A1 and the absorption coefficient of light with a wavelength of 365 nm in methanol of the photopolymerization initiator A2 is 9.0×10 2 mL/gcm or more, 1.0 ×10 3 mL/gcm or more is preferable, 5.0×10 3 to 3.0×10 4 mL/gcm is more preferable, and 1.0×10 4 to 2.0×10 4 mL/gcm is further preferable. In addition, the light absorption coefficient of the photopolymerization initiator A2 in methanol with a wavelength of 254 nm is 1.0×10 3 mL/gcm or more, preferably 1.0×10 3 to 1.0×10 6 mL/gcm, and 5.0×10 3 to 5.0×10 3 to 1.0×10 5 mL/gcm is better.

作為光聚合起始劑A2,羥基烷基苯酮化合物、苯基乙醛酸酯(phenyl glyoxylate)化合物、胺基烷基苯酮化合物、醯基膦化合物為較佳,羥基烷基苯酮化合物及苯基乙醛酸酯化合物為更佳,羥基烷基苯酮化合物為進一步較佳。又,作為羥基烷基苯酮化合物,由上述之式(V)表示之化合物為較佳。作為光聚合起始劑A2的具體例,可列舉1-羥基-環己基-苯基-酮(作為市售品,例如,Omnirad 184(IGM Resins B.V.公司製造)、Irgacure 184(BASF公司製造))、1-[4-(2-羥基乙氧基)-苯基]-2-羥基-2-甲基-1-丙烷-1-酮(作為市售品,例如,Omnirad 2959(IGM Resins B.V.公司製造)、Irgacure 2959(BASF公司製造))等。As the photopolymerization initiator A2, hydroxyalkylphenone compounds, phenyl glyoxylate compounds, aminoalkylphenone compounds, and acylphosphine compounds are preferred, and hydroxyalkylphenone compounds and A phenylglyoxylate compound is more preferable, and a hydroxyalkylphenone compound is further preferable. Moreover, as a hydroxyalkylphenone compound, the compound represented by the above-mentioned formula (V) is preferable. Specific examples of the photopolymerization initiator A2 include 1-hydroxy-cyclohexyl-phenyl-one (commercially available, for example, Omnirad 184 (manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.) and Irgacure 184 (manufactured by BASF)) , 1-[4-(2-hydroxyethoxy)-phenyl]-2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-propan-1-one (as a commercial item, for example, Omnirad 2959 (IGM Resins B.V. manufactured), Irgacure 2959 (manufactured by BASF)), etc.

作為光聚合起始劑A1與光聚合起始劑A2的組合,光聚合起始劑A1係肟化合物,且光聚合起始劑A2係羥基烷基苯酮化合物之組合為較佳,光聚合起始劑A1係肟化合物,且光聚合起始劑A2係由上述之式(V)表示之化合物之組合為更佳,光聚合起始劑A1係包含氟原子之肟化合物,且光聚合起始劑A2係由上述之式(V)表示之化合物之組合為特佳。As a combination of the photopolymerization initiator A1 and the photopolymerization initiator A2, the photopolymerization initiator A1 is a combination of an oxime compound, and the photopolymerization initiator A2 is a combination of a hydroxyalkylphenone compound. The initiator A1 is an oxime compound, and the photopolymerization initiator A2 is a combination of compounds represented by the above-mentioned formula (V), and the photopolymerization initiator A1 is an oxime compound containing a fluorine atom, and the photopolymerization initiator The agent A2 is a combination of compounds represented by the above formula (V) which is particularly preferred.

著色組成物的總固體成分中,光聚合起始劑的含量係0.1~17.5質量%為較佳。下限係0.5質量%以上為較佳,1.0質量%以上為更佳,1.5質量%以上為進一步較佳。上限係15.0質量%以下為較佳,12.5質量%以下為更佳,10.0質量%以下為進一步較佳。 又,相對於聚合性化合物100質量份,本發明的著色組成物含有1.0~50質量份的光聚合起始劑為較佳。上限係40質量份以下為較佳,30質量份以下更佳。下限係2.5質量份以上較佳,5.0質量份以上為進一步較佳。依據該態樣,顯影後的圖案形狀良好。It is preferable that content of a photoinitiator is 0.1-17.5 mass % in the total solid content of a coloring composition. The lower limit is preferably 0.5 mass % or more, more preferably 1.0 mass % or more, and even more preferably 1.5 mass % or more. The upper limit is preferably 15.0 mass % or less, more preferably 12.5 mass % or less, and even more preferably 10.0 mass % or less. Moreover, it is preferable that the coloring composition of this invention contains 1.0-50 mass parts of photoinitiators with respect to 100 mass parts of polymerizable compounds. The upper limit is preferably 40 parts by mass or less, more preferably 30 parts by mass or less. The lower limit is preferably 2.5 parts by mass or more, and more preferably 5.0 parts by mass or more. According to this aspect, the pattern shape after development is favorable.

本發明的著色組成物中,在作為光聚合起始劑而使用上述之光聚合起始劑A1之情形下,著色組成物的總固體成分中,光聚合起始劑A1的含量係0.1~17.5質量%為較佳。下限係0.5質量%以上為較佳,1.0質量%以上為更佳,1.5質量%以上為進一步較佳。上限係15.0質量%以下為較佳,12.5質量%以下為更佳,10.0質量%以下為進一步較佳。In the coloring composition of the present invention, when the above-mentioned photopolymerization initiator A1 is used as the photopolymerization initiator, the content of the photopolymerization initiator A1 in the total solid content of the coloring composition is 0.1 to 17.5 Mass % is better. The lower limit is preferably 0.5 mass % or more, more preferably 1.0 mass % or more, and even more preferably 1.5 mass % or more. The upper limit is preferably 15.0 mass % or less, more preferably 12.5 mass % or less, and even more preferably 10.0 mass % or less.

本發明的著色組成物中,在作為光聚合起始劑而使用上述之光聚合起始劑A2之情形下,著色組成物的總固體成分中,光聚合起始劑A2的含量係0.1~10.0質量%為較佳。下限係0.5質量%以上為較佳,1.0質量%以上為更佳,1.5質量%以上為進一步較佳。上限係9.0質量%以下為較佳,8.0質量%以下為更佳,7.0質量%以下為進一步較佳。In the coloring composition of the present invention, when the above-mentioned photopolymerization initiator A2 is used as a photopolymerization initiator, the content of the photopolymerization initiator A2 in the total solid content of the coloring composition is 0.1 to 10.0 Mass % is better. The lower limit is preferably 0.5 mass % or more, more preferably 1.0 mass % or more, and even more preferably 1.5 mass % or more. The upper limit is preferably 9.0 mass % or less, more preferably 8.0 mass % or less, and even more preferably 7.0 mass % or less.

本發明的著色組成物中,在作為光聚合起始劑而使用上述之光聚合起始劑A1和光聚合起始劑A2之情形下,相對於100質量份的光聚合起始劑A1,本發明的著色組成物含有50~200質量份的光聚合起始劑A2為較佳。上限係175質量份以下為較佳,150質量份以下為更佳。下限係60質量份以上為較佳,70質量份以上為進一步較佳。依據該態樣,能夠藉由低溫程序(例如,在整個製程中為150℃以下的溫度、較佳為120℃以下的溫度)來形成耐溶劑性等特性優異的硬化膜。In the coloring composition of the present invention, when the above-mentioned photopolymerization initiator A1 and photopolymerization initiator A2 are used as photopolymerization initiators, the present invention is The coloring composition preferably contains 50-200 parts by mass of the photopolymerization initiator A2. The upper limit is preferably 175 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 150 parts by mass or less. The lower limit is preferably 60 parts by mass or more, and more preferably 70 parts by mass or more. According to this aspect, a cured film excellent in properties such as solvent resistance can be formed by a low temperature process (for example, a temperature of 150° C. or lower in the entire process, preferably a temperature of 120° C. or lower).

本發明的著色組成物中,在作為光聚合起始劑而使用上述之光聚合起始劑A1和光聚合起始劑A2之情形下,著色組成物的總固體成分中的光聚合起始劑A1與光聚合起始劑A2的總含量係0.1~20.0質量%為較佳。下限係1.0質量%以上較佳,2.0質量%以上更佳,2.5質量%以上為進一步較佳。上限係17.5質量%以下為較佳,15.0質量%以下更佳,12.5質量%以下為進一步較佳。In the coloring composition of the present invention, when the above-mentioned photopolymerization initiator A1 and photopolymerization initiator A2 are used as photopolymerization initiators, the photopolymerization initiator A1 in the total solid content of the coloring composition The total content with the photopolymerization initiator A2 is preferably 0.1 to 20.0 mass %. The lower limit is preferably 1.0 mass % or more, more preferably 2.0 mass % or more, and even more preferably 2.5 mass % or more. The upper limit is preferably 17.5 mass % or less, more preferably 15.0 mass % or less, and even more preferably 12.5 mass % or less.

<<含有呋喃基之化合物>> 本發明的著色組成物能夠包含含有呋喃基之化合物(以下,亦稱為含有呋喃基之化合物)。依據該態樣,能夠設為低溫硬化優異的著色組成物。<<Compounds containing furanyl>> The coloring composition of the present invention can contain a furan group-containing compound (hereinafter, also referred to as a furan group-containing compound). According to this aspect, it can be set as a coloring composition excellent in low temperature hardening.

關於含有呋喃基之化合物,只要包含呋喃基(從呋喃中去除1個氫原子而得之基團),則其結構並無特別限定。關於含有呋喃基之化合物,能夠使用日本特開2017-194662號的段落0049~0089中所記載之化合物。又,還能夠使用日本特開2000-233581號、日本特開1994-271558號、日本特開1994-293830號、日本特開1996-239421號、日本特開1998-508655號、日本特開2000-001529號、日本特開2003-183348號、日本特開2006-193628號、日本特開2007-186684號、日本特開2010-265377號、日本特開2011-170069號等中所記載之化合物。The structure of the furan group-containing compound is not particularly limited as long as it contains a furan group (a group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from furan). As the furan group-containing compound, the compounds described in paragraphs 0049 to 0089 of JP-A No. 2017-194662 can be used. Furthermore, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2000-233581, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 1994-271558, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 1994-293830, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 1996-239421, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 1998-508655, Compounds described in JP 2003-183348 A, JP 2006-193628 A, JP 2007-186684 A, JP 2010-265377 A, JP 2011-170069 A, and the like.

含有呋喃基之化合物可以為單體,亦可以為聚合物。就容易提高所獲得之膜的耐久性之理由而言,聚合物為較佳。在聚合物的情形下,重量平均分子量係2000~70000為較佳。上限係60000以下較佳,50000以下更佳。下限係3000以上為較佳,4000以上更佳,5000以上進一步較佳。另外,聚合物類型的含有呋喃基之化合物為亦對應於本發明的著色組成物中的樹脂之成分。The furan group-containing compound may be a monomer or a polymer. The polymer is preferable for the reason of easily improving the durability of the obtained film. In the case of a polymer, the weight average molecular weight is preferably 2,000 to 70,000. The upper limit is preferably 60,000 or less, and more preferably 50,000 or less. The lower limit is preferably 3,000 or more, more preferably 4,000 or more, and even more preferably 5,000 or more. In addition, the polymer-type furan group-containing compound is a component also corresponding to the resin in the coloring composition of the present invention.

著色組成物的總固體成分中,含有呋喃基之化合物的含量係0.1~70質量%為較佳。下限係2.5質量%以上為較佳,5.0質量%以上為更佳,7.5質量%以上為進一步較佳。上限係65質量%以下為較佳,60質量%以下為更佳,50質量%以下為進一步較佳。含有呋喃基之化合物可以單獨使用1種,亦可以併用2種以上。在併用2種以上之情形下,總量成為上述範圍為較佳。The content of the furan group-containing compound in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.1 to 70% by mass. The lower limit is preferably 2.5 mass % or more, more preferably 5.0 mass % or more, and even more preferably 7.5 mass % or more. The upper limit is preferably 65 mass % or less, more preferably 60 mass % or less, and even more preferably 50 mass % or less. The furan group-containing compound may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When using 2 or more types together, it is preferable that the total amount is in the said range.

<<溶劑>> 本發明的著色組成物含有溶劑為較佳。作為溶劑,可列舉有機溶劑。溶劑只要滿足各成分的溶解性或著色組成物的塗佈性,則基本上並無特別限制。作為有機溶劑,可列舉酯系溶劑、酮系溶劑、醇系溶劑、醯胺系溶劑、醚系溶劑、烴系溶劑等。關於該等的詳細內容,能夠參閱國際公開第2015/166779號的0223段,且該內容被編入到本說明書中。又,亦能夠較佳地使用環狀烷基取代之酯系溶劑、環狀烷基取代之酮系溶劑。作為有機溶劑的具體例,可列舉聚乙二醇單甲基醚、二氯甲烷、3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯、乙基賽路蘇乙酸酯、乳酸乙酯、二乙二醇二甲醚、乙酸丁酯、3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2-庚酮、3-戊酮、4-庚酮、環己酮、2-甲基環己酮、3-甲基環己酮、4-甲基環己酮、環庚酮、環辛酮、乙酸環己酯、環環戊酮、乙基卡必醇乙酸酯、丁基卡必醇乙酸酯、丙二醇單甲醚、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、3-甲氧基-N,N-二甲基丙醯胺、3-丁氧基-N,N-二甲基丙醯胺、丙二醇二乙酸酯、3-甲氧基丁醇、甲基乙基酮、γ-丁內酯、環丁碸、苯甲醚、1,4-二乙醯氧基丁烷、乙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、二乙酸丁烷-1,3-二基、二丙二醇甲醚乙酸酯、二丙酮醇等。但是,有時出於環境方面等理由,減少作為有機溶劑之芳香族烴類(苯、甲苯、二甲苯、乙苯等)為較佳(例如,相對於有機溶劑總量,亦能夠設為50質量ppm(parts per million:百萬分率)以下,還能夠設為10質量ppm以下,還能夠設為1質量ppm以下)。<<Solvent>> It is preferable that the coloring composition of this invention contains a solvent. As a solvent, an organic solvent is mentioned. The solvent is basically not particularly limited as long as it satisfies the solubility of each component and the coatability of the coloring composition. Examples of the organic solvent include ester-based solvents, ketone-based solvents, alcohol-based solvents, amide-based solvents, ether-based solvents, hydrocarbon-based solvents, and the like. For details of these, reference can be made to paragraph 0223 of International Publication No. WO 2015/166779, and the content is incorporated into the present specification. In addition, a cyclic alkyl-substituted ester-based solvent and a cyclic alkyl-substituted ketone-based solvent can also be preferably used. Specific examples of the organic solvent include polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether, dichloromethane, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, and ethyl celsuyl acetate. , ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 2-heptanone, 3-pentanone, 4-heptanone, cyclohexanone, 2-methyl Cyclohexanone, 3-methylcyclohexanone, 4-methylcyclohexanone, cycloheptanone, cyclooctanone, cyclohexyl acetate, cyclopentanone, ethyl carbitol acetate, butyl carb Bristol acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, 3-methoxy-N,N-dimethylpropionamide, 3-butoxy-N,N-dimethylpropane Amide, propylene glycol diacetate, 3-methoxybutanol, methyl ethyl ketone, γ-butyrolactone, cyclobutane, anisole, 1,4-diacetoxybutane, ethyl acetate Glycol monoethyl ether acetate, butane-1,3-diyl diacetate, dipropylene glycol methyl ether acetate, diacetone alcohol, etc. However, for environmental reasons, it may be preferable to reduce aromatic hydrocarbons (benzene, toluene, xylene, ethylbenzene, etc.) as organic solvents (for example, it can be set to 50 with respect to the total amount of organic solvents). Mass ppm (parts per million: parts per million) or less, can also be set to 10 mass ppm or less, and can also be set to 1 mass ppm or less).

在本發明中,就使溶劑高效率地揮發之觀點而言,作為溶劑,沸點係160℃以下的有機溶劑為較佳。有機溶劑的沸點係140℃以下更佳,130℃以下進一步較佳。沸點的下限並無特別限制,但是例如100℃以上為較佳。這種有機溶劑可例舉乙酸丁酯、丙二醇單甲醚、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、環己酮、乳酸乙酯等,乙酸丁酯、丙二醇單甲醚、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯為較佳。In the present invention, from the viewpoint of efficiently volatilizing the solvent, the solvent is preferably an organic solvent having a boiling point of 160° C. or lower. The boiling point of the organic solvent is more preferably 140°C or lower, and further preferably 130°C or lower. The lower limit of the boiling point is not particularly limited, but is preferably, for example, 100°C or higher. Examples of such organic solvents include butyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, cyclohexanone, ethyl lactate, etc. Butyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate are better.

本發明中,使用金屬含量少的溶劑為較佳,溶劑的金屬含量例如係10質量ppb(parts per billion:十億分率)以下為較佳。依據需要,可以使用質量ppt(parts per trillion:兆分率)級別的溶劑,這種高純度溶劑例如由Toyo Gosei Co.,Ltd提供(化學工業日報,2015年11月13日)。In the present invention, it is preferable to use a solvent with less metal content, and the metal content of the solvent is preferably 10 parts per billion (parts per billion) or less, for example. As needed, a solvent of quality ppt (parts per trillion: parts per trillion) grade, such as a high-purity solvent provided by Toyo Gosei Co., Ltd, for example (Chemical Industry Daily, November 13, 2015) can be used.

作為從溶劑中去除金屬等雜質之方法,例如能夠舉出蒸餾(分子蒸餾或薄膜蒸餾等)或使用了過濾器之過濾。作為過濾中所使用之過濾器的過濾器孔徑,10μm以下為較佳,5μm以下為更佳,3μm以下為進一步較佳。過濾器的材質係聚四氟乙烯、聚乙烯或尼龍為較佳。As a method of removing impurities such as metals from the solvent, for example, distillation (molecular distillation, thin-film distillation, etc.) and filtration using a filter can be mentioned. The filter pore diameter of the filter used for filtration is preferably 10 μm or less, more preferably 5 μm or less, and even more preferably 3 μm or less. The material of the filter is preferably polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene or nylon.

溶劑可以包含異構體(雖然原子數相同,但是結構不同之化合物)。又,異構體可以僅包含1種,亦可以包含複數種。Solvents may contain isomers (compounds with the same number of atoms but different structures). In addition, only one type of isomer may be contained, or a plurality of types may be contained.

本發明中,有機溶劑中的過氧化物的含有率係0.8mmol/L以下為較佳,實質上不含過氧化物為更佳。In the present invention, the content of the peroxide in the organic solvent is preferably 0.8 mmol/L or less, and it is more preferably that the peroxide is not substantially contained.

著色組成物中的溶劑的含量係60~95質量%為較佳。進而,上限係90質量%以下為較佳,87.5質量%以下為更佳,85質量%以下為進一步較佳。進而,下限係65質量%以上為較佳,70質量%以上為更佳,75質量%以上為進一步較佳。溶劑可以單獨使用1種,亦可以併用2種以上。在併用2種以上之情形下,該等的總量成為上述範圍為較佳。The content of the solvent in the coloring composition is preferably 60 to 95% by mass. Furthermore, the upper limit is preferably 90 mass % or less, more preferably 87.5 mass % or less, and even more preferably 85 mass % or less. Furthermore, the lower limit is preferably 65 mass % or more, more preferably 70 mass % or more, and even more preferably 75 mass % or more. A solvent may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together. When using 2 or more types together, it is preferable that these total amounts fall into the said range.

又,就環境管制的觀點而言,本發明的著色組成物實質上不含環境管制物質為較佳。另外,本發明中,實質上不含環境管制物質係指著色組成物中之環境管制物質的含量為50質量ppm以下,30質量ppm以下較佳,10質量ppm以下進一步較佳,1質量ppm以下特佳。環境管制物質例如可列舉苯;甲苯、二甲苯等烷基苯類;氯苯等鹵化苯類等。該等在REACH(Registration Evaluation Authorization and Restriction of CHemicals)管制、PRTR(Pollutant Release and Transfer Register)法、VOC(Volatile Organic Compounds)管制等下註冊為環境管制物質,使用量和處理方法受到嚴格管制。該等化合物有時在製造用於本發明的著色組成物之各成分等時用作溶劑,作為殘留溶劑混入著色組成物中。就對人的安全性、對環境的考慮的觀點而言,盡可能地減少該等物質為較佳。作為減少環境管制物質之方法,可列舉將系統內部進行加熱和減壓而設為環境管制物質的沸點以上,並從系統內部蒸餾去除環境管制物質並將其減少之方法。又,在蒸餾去除少量的環境管制物質之情形下,為了提高效率而與具有該溶劑相同的沸點之溶劑共沸亦是有用的。又,在含有具有自由基聚合性之化合物之情形下,可以添加聚合抑制劑等而減壓蒸餾去除,以便抑制在減壓蒸餾去除中進行自由基聚合反應而在分子間進行交聯。該等蒸餾去除方法能夠在原料階段、使原料進行反應之產物(例如聚合後的樹脂溶液和多官能單體溶液)的階段或藉由混合該等化合物而製作之著色組成物的階段中的任一階段中進行。Moreover, from the viewpoint of environmental regulation, it is preferable that the coloring composition of the present invention does not substantially contain an environmental regulation substance. In addition, in the present invention, substantially free of environmental control substances means that the content of the environmental control substances in the coloring composition is 50 mass ppm or less, preferably 30 mass ppm or less, more preferably 10 mass ppm or less, and 1 mass ppm or less Excellent. Examples of environmentally controlled substances include benzene; alkylbenzenes such as toluene and xylene; halogenated benzenes such as chlorobenzene, and the like. These are registered as environmentally controlled substances under REACH (Registration Evaluation Authorization and Restriction of CHemicals) control, PRTR (Pollutant Release and Transfer Register) law, VOC (Volatile Organic Compounds) control, etc., and their usage and disposal methods are strictly controlled. These compounds may be used as a solvent when producing each component of the coloring composition used in the present invention, etc., and may be mixed into the coloring composition as a residual solvent. From the viewpoint of human safety and environmental considerations, it is preferable to reduce these substances as much as possible. As a method of reducing the environmentally regulated substances, there is a method of heating and depressurizing the inside of the system to make it more than the boiling point of the environmentally regulated substances, and distilling off the environmentally regulated substances from the inside of the system to reduce them. In addition, in the case of distilling off a small amount of environmentally regulated substances, it is also useful to azeotrope with a solvent having the same boiling point as the solvent in order to improve efficiency. In addition, when a compound having radical polymerizability is contained, a polymerization inhibitor or the like may be added and removed by distillation under reduced pressure in order to suppress the progress of radical polymerization reaction and intermolecular crosslinking during the removal by distillation under reduced pressure. Such distillation removal methods can be performed at any of the stage of the raw materials, the stage of the products (such as the polymerized resin solution and the polyfunctional monomer solution) that react the raw materials, or the stage of the coloring composition produced by mixing these compounds. carried out in one stage.

<<顏料衍生物>> 本發明的著色組成物能夠含有顏料衍生物。作為顏料衍生物,可列舉具有由酸基、鹼基或酞醯亞胺甲基取代發色團的一部分之結構的化合物。作為構成顏料衍生物之發色團,可列舉喹啉骨架、苯并咪唑酮骨架、二酮吡咯并吡咯骨架、偶氮骨架、酞菁骨架、蒽醌骨架、喹吖酮骨架、二噁𠯤骨架、紫環酮骨架、苝骨架、硫靛藍骨架、異吲哚啉骨架、異吲哚啉酮骨架、喹啉黃骨架、士林骨架、金屬錯合物骨架等,喹啉骨架、苯并咪唑酮骨架、二酮吡咯并吡咯骨架、偶氮骨架、喹啉黃骨架、異吲哚啉骨架及酞菁骨架為較佳,偶氮骨架及苯并咪唑酮骨架為更佳。作為顏料衍生物所具有之酸基,磺酸基、羧基為較佳,磺酸基為更佳。作為顏料衍生物所具有之鹼基,胺基為較佳,三級胺基為更佳。<<Pigment Derivative>> The coloring composition of the present invention can contain a pigment derivative. As the pigment derivative, a compound having a structure in which a part of a chromophore group is substituted with an acid group, a base group, or a phthalimidomethyl group is exemplified. Examples of the chromophore constituting the pigment derivative include a quinoline skeleton, a benzimidazolone skeleton, a diketopyrrolopyrrole skeleton, an azo skeleton, a phthalocyanine skeleton, an anthraquinone skeleton, a quinacridone skeleton, and a dioxin skeleton. , perylene skeleton, perylene skeleton, thioindigo skeleton, isoindoline skeleton, isoindolinone skeleton, quinoline yellow skeleton, Shilin skeleton, metal complex skeleton, etc., quinoline skeleton, benzimidazolone The skeleton, the diketopyrrolopyrrole skeleton, the azo skeleton, the quinoline yellow skeleton, the isoindoline skeleton and the phthalocyanine skeleton are preferred, and the azo skeleton and the benzimidazolone skeleton are more preferred. As the acid group possessed by the pigment derivative, a sulfonic acid group and a carboxyl group are preferable, and a sulfonic acid group is more preferable. As the base of the pigment derivative, an amine group is preferable, and a tertiary amine group is more preferable.

作為顏料衍生物的具體例,可列舉日本特開昭56-118462號、日本特開昭63-264674號、日本特開平01-217077號、日本特開平03-009961號、日本特開平03-026767號、日本特開平03-153780號、日本特開平03-045662號、日本特開平04-285669號、日本特開平06-145546號、日本特開平06-212088號、日本特開平06-240158號、日本特開平10-030063號、日本特開平10-195326號、國際公開第2011/024896號的段落0086~0098、國際公開第2012/102399號的段落0063~0094、國際公開第2017/038252號的段落0082、日本特開2015-151530號的段落0171、日本特開2011-252065號的段落0162~0183、日本特開2003-081972號、日本專利第5299151號、日本特開2015-172732號、日本特開2014-199308號、日本特開2014-085562號、日本特開2014-035351號、日本特開2008-081565號、日本特開2019-109512號、日本特開2019-133154號中所記載之化合物。Specific examples of pigment derivatives include Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 56-118462, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 63-264674, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 01-217077, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 03-009961, and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 03-026767 No. 03-153780, Japanese No. 03-045662, No. 04-285669, No. 06-145546, No. 06-212088, No. 06-240158, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 10-030063, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 10-195326, Paragraphs 0086 to 0098 of International Publication No. 2011/024896, Paragraphs 0063 to 0094 of International Publication No. 2012/102399, and International Publication No. 2017/038252 Paragraph 0082, Paragraph 0171 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2015-151530, Paragraphs 0162 to 0183 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2011-252065, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2003-081972, Japanese Patent Application No. 5299151, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2015-172732, Japan JP 2014-199308, JP 2014-085562, JP 2014-035351, JP 2008-081565, JP 2019-109512, JP 2019-133154 compound.

相對於顏料100質量份,顏料衍生物的含量係0.1~30質量份為較佳。該範圍的下限係0.25質量份以上為更佳,0.5質量份以上為進一步較佳,0.75質量份以上為特佳,1質量份以上為進一步較佳。又,該範圍的上限係25質量份以下為更佳,20質量份以下為進一步較佳,15質量份以下為特佳。藉由顏料衍生物的含量在上述範圍內,具有經時穩定性進一步得到提高之效果。顏料衍生物可以僅使用1種,亦可以併用2種以上。在併用2種以上之情形下,該等的總量成為上述範圍為較佳。The content of the pigment derivative is preferably 0.1 to 30 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the pigment. The lower limit of the range is more preferably 0.25 parts by mass or more, more preferably 0.5 parts by mass or more, particularly preferably 0.75 parts by mass or more, and still more preferably 1 part by mass or more. Moreover, the upper limit of this range is more preferably 25 parts by mass or less, more preferably 20 parts by mass or less, and particularly preferably 15 parts by mass or less. When the content of the pigment derivative is within the above range, there is an effect that the stability over time is further improved. Only one type of pigment derivatives may be used, or two or more types may be used in combination. When using 2 or more types together, it is preferable that these total amounts fall into the said range.

<<硬化促進劑>> 本發明的著色組成物中,為了促進聚合性化合物的反應或者降低硬化溫度,可以添加硬化促進劑。作為硬化促進劑,可列舉在分子內具有2個以上巰基之多官能硫醇化合物等。多官能硫醇化合物可以以改善穩定性、臭味、解析度、顯影性、黏附性等為目的而添加。多官能硫醇化合物係二級烷烴硫醇類為較佳,由式(T1)表示之化合物為更佳。 式(T1)

Figure 02_image043
<<hardening accelerator>> In the coloring composition of the present invention, in order to accelerate the reaction of the polymerizable compound or lower the hardening temperature, a hardening accelerator may be added. As a hardening accelerator, the polyfunctional thiol compound etc. which have two or more mercapto groups in a molecule|numerator are mentioned. The polyfunctional thiol compound can be added for the purpose of improving stability, odor, resolution, developability, adhesion, and the like. The polyfunctional thiol compound is preferably a secondary alkanethiol, and more preferably the compound represented by the formula (T1). Formula (T1)
Figure 02_image043

式(T1)中,n表示2~4的整數,L表示2~4價的連接基。式(T1)中,連接基L係碳數2~12的脂肪族基為較佳,n為2,L係碳數2~12的伸烷基為特佳。In formula (T1), n represents an integer of 2 to 4, and L represents a 2- to tetravalent linking group. In the formula (T1), the linking group L is preferably an aliphatic group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, n is 2, and the L series alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms is particularly preferred.

又,硬化促進劑還能夠使用羥甲基系化合物(例如日本特開2015-034963號的段落0246中,作為交聯劑而例示之化合物)、胺類、鏻鹽、脒鹽、醯胺化合物(以上,例如日本特開2013-041165號的段落0186中所記載的硬化劑)、鹼產生劑(例如,日本特開2014-055114號中所記載的離子性化合物)、氰酸酯化合物(例如,日本特開2012-150180號的段落0071中所記載的化合物)、烷氧基矽烷化合物(例如,日本特開2011-253054號中所記載的具有環氧基之烷氧基矽烷化合物)、鎓鹽化合物(例如,在日本特開2015-034963號的段落0216中作為酸產生劑而例示之化合物、日本特開2009-180949號中所記載的化合物)等。Further, as the curing accelerator, methylol-based compounds (for example, compounds exemplified as cross-linking agents in paragraph 0246 of JP-A-2015-034963), amines, phosphonium salts, amidine salts, amide compounds ( As mentioned above, for example, the curing agent described in paragraph 0186 of JP 2013-041165 A), alkali generator (eg, the ionic compound described in JP 2014-055114 A), cyanate ester compound (eg, Compounds described in paragraph 0071 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2012-150180), alkoxysilane compounds (for example, alkoxysilane compounds having an epoxy group described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2011-253054), onium salts Compounds (for example, compounds exemplified as acid generators in paragraph 0216 of JP 2015-034963 A, compounds described in JP 2009-180949 A) and the like.

在本發明的著色組成物含有硬化促進劑之情形下,著色組成物的總固體成分中,硬化促進劑的含量係0.3~8.9質量%為較佳,0.8~6.4質量%為更佳。When the coloring composition of the present invention contains a hardening accelerator, the content of the hardening accelerator is preferably 0.3 to 8.9 mass %, more preferably 0.8 to 6.4 mass % in the total solid content of the coloring composition.

<<矽烷偶合劑>> 本發明的著色組成物能夠含有矽烷偶合劑。作為矽烷偶合劑,在一分子中具有至少2種反應性不同的官能基之矽烷化合物為較佳。矽烷偶合劑係具有選自乙烯基、環氧基、苯乙烯基、甲基丙烯酸基、胺基、三聚異氰酸基、脲基、巰基、硫醚基及異氰酸酯基中之至少1種基團和烷氧基之矽烷化合物為較佳。作為矽烷偶合劑的具體例,可列舉N-2-(胺基乙基)-3-胺基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,LTD.製造,KBM-602)、N-2-(胺基乙基)-3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,LTD.製造,KBM-603)、3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,LTD.製造,KBM-903)、3-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,LTD.製造,KBE-903)、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,LTD.製造,KBM-503)、3-環氧丙氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,LTD.製造,KBM-403)等。關於矽烷偶合劑的詳細內容,能夠參閱日本特開2013-254047號的段落0155~0158的記載,且該內容被編入到本說明書中。在本發明的著色組成物含有矽烷偶合劑之情形下,著色組成物的總固體成分中,矽烷偶合劑的含量係0.001~20質量%為較佳,0.01~10質量%為更佳,0.1質量%~5質量%為特佳。本發明的著色組成物可以僅包含1種矽烷偶合劑,亦可以包含2種以上。在包含2種以上之情形下,該等總量成為上述範圍為較佳。<<Silane coupling agent>> The coloring composition of this invention can contain a silane coupling agent. As the silane coupling agent, a silane compound having at least two functional groups having different reactivity in one molecule is preferable. The silane coupling agent has at least one group selected from the group consisting of vinyl group, epoxy group, styryl group, methacrylic group, amine group, triisocyanate group, urea group, mercapto group, thioether group and isocyanate group Silane compounds of radicals and alkoxy groups are preferred. Specific examples of the silane coupling agent include N-2-(aminoethyl)-3-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., LTD., KBM-602) , N-2-(aminoethyl)-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., LTD., KBM-603), 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane ( manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., LTD., KBM-903), 3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., LTD., KBE-903), 3-methacrylonitrile Oxypropyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., LTD., KBM-503), 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., LTD., KBM-403) etc. For details of the silane coupling agent, the descriptions in paragraphs 0155 to 0158 of JP-A No. 2013-254047 can be referred to, and the contents are incorporated in this specification. When the coloring composition of the present invention contains a silane coupling agent, in the total solid content of the coloring composition, the content of the silane coupling agent is preferably 0.001 to 20 mass %, more preferably 0.01 to 10 mass %, and 0.1 mass % % to 5% by mass is particularly preferred. The coloring composition of this invention may contain only 1 type of silane coupling agent, and may contain 2 or more types. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that these total amounts fall into the said range.

<<聚合抑制劑>> 本發明的著色組成物能夠含有聚合抑制劑。作為聚合抑制劑,可列舉對苯二酚、對甲氧基苯酚、二-第三丁基-對甲酚、鄰苯三酚、第三丁基鄰苯二酚、苯醌、4,4’-硫代雙(3-甲基-6-第三丁基苯酚)、2,2’-亞甲基雙(4-甲基-6-第三丁基苯酚)、N-亞硝基苯基羥胺鹽(銨鹽、亞鈰鹽等)等。在本發明的著色組成物含有聚合抑制劑之情形下,著色組成物的總固體成分中,聚合抑制劑的含量係0.0001~5質量%為較佳。本發明的著色組成物可以僅包含1種聚合抑制劑,亦可以包含2種以上。在包含2種以上之情形下,該等總量成為上述範圍為較佳。<<Polymerization inhibitor>> The coloring composition of this invention can contain a polymerization inhibitor. Examples of the polymerization inhibitor include hydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, pyrogallol, tert-butylcatechol, benzoquinone, 4,4' - Thiobis(3-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), 2,2'-methylenebis(4-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), N-nitrosophenyl Hydroxylamine salts (ammonium salts, cerous salts, etc.), etc. When the coloring composition of this invention contains a polymerization inhibitor, it is preferable that content of a polymerization inhibitor is 0.0001-5 mass % in the total solid content of a coloring composition. The coloring composition of this invention may contain only 1 type of polymerization inhibitor, and may contain 2 or more types. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that these total amounts fall into the said range.

<<紫外線吸收劑>> 本發明的著色組成物能夠含有紫外線吸收劑。紫外線吸收劑能夠使用共軛二烯化合物、胺基二烯化合物、水楊酸化合物、二苯甲酮化合物、苯并三唑化合物、丙烯腈化合物、羥苯基三𠯤化合物、吲哚化合物、三𠯤化合物等。關於該等詳細內容,能夠參閱日本特開2012-208374號的段落0052~0072、日本特開2013-068814號的段落0317~0334、日本特開2016-162946號的段落0061~0080中的記載,且該等內容被編入到本說明書中。作為紫外線吸收劑的市售品,例如可列舉UV-503(DAITO CHEMICAL CO.,LTD製造)等。又,作為苯并三唑化合物,可列舉MIYOSHI OIL & FAT CO.,LTD.製造的MYUA系列(化學工業日報、2016年2月1日)。又,作為紫外線吸收劑,還能夠使用日本專利第6268967號的段落0049~0059中所記載之化合物。在本發明的著色組成物含有紫外線吸收劑之情形下,著色組成物的總固體成分中,紫外線吸收劑的含量係0.1~10質量%為較佳,0.1~5質量%為更佳,0.1~3質量%為特佳。又,紫外線吸收劑可以僅使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。在使用2種以上之情形下,該等的總量成為上述範圍為較佳。<<UV Absorber>> The coloring composition of this invention can contain an ultraviolet absorber. As the ultraviolet absorber, conjugated diene compounds, aminodiene compounds, salicylic acid compounds, benzophenone compounds, benzotriazole compounds, acrylonitrile compounds, hydroxyphenyltriazole compounds, indole compounds, and triazole compounds can be used. 𠯤 Compounds, etc. For such details, reference can be made to the descriptions in paragraphs 0052 to 0072 of JP 2012-208374 A, paragraphs 0317 to 0334 of JP 2013-068814 A, and paragraphs 0061 to 0080 of JP 2016-162946 A. And these contents are incorporated into this specification. As a commercial item of an ultraviolet absorber, UV-503 (made by DAITO CHEMICAL CO., LTD.) etc. are mentioned, for example. Moreover, as a benzotriazole compound, the MYUA series (Chemical Industry Daily, February 1, 2016) manufactured by MIYOSHI OIL & FAT CO., LTD. can be mentioned. In addition, as the ultraviolet absorber, the compounds described in paragraphs 0049 to 0059 of Japanese Patent No. 6268967 can also be used. When the coloring composition of the present invention contains an ultraviolet absorber, the content of the ultraviolet absorber in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 5% by mass, and 0.1 to 5% by mass. 3 mass % is particularly preferred. Moreover, only 1 type may be used for an ultraviolet absorber, and 2 or more types may be used for it. When using 2 or more types, it is preferable that these total amounts fall into the said range.

<<界面活性劑>> 本發明的著色組成物能夠含有界面活性劑。作為界面活性劑,能夠使用氟系界面活性劑、非離子系界面活性劑、陽離子系界面活性劑、陰離子系界面活性劑、矽酮系界面活性劑等各種界面活性劑。關於界面活性劑,可列舉國際公開第2015/166779號的段落0238~0245中所記載之界面活性劑,且該內容被編入到本說明書中。<<Surfactant>> The coloring composition of this invention can contain a surfactant. As the surfactant, various surfactants such as a fluorine-based surfactant, a nonionic surfactant, a cationic surfactant, an anionic surfactant, and a silicone-based surfactant can be used. As for the surfactant, the surfactants described in paragraphs 0238 to 0245 of International Publication No. WO 2015/166779 can be mentioned, and the contents are incorporated in the present specification.

界面活性劑係氟系界面活性劑為較佳。藉由在著色組成物中含有氟系界面活性劑,液體特性(尤其是流動性)得到進一步提高,可進一步改善省液性。又,還可形成厚度不均少之膜。The surfactant is preferably a fluorine-based surfactant. By containing the fluorine-based surfactant in the coloring composition, the liquid properties (especially the fluidity) are further improved, and the liquid saving property can be further improved. In addition, a film with less uneven thickness can be formed.

氟系界面活性劑中的氟含有率係3~40質量%為較佳,更佳為5~30質量%,特佳為7~25質量%。氟含有率在該範圍內之氟系界面活性劑在塗佈膜的厚度均勻性和省液性的觀點上有效果,在著色組成物中的溶解性亦良好。The fluorine content in the fluorine-based surfactant is preferably 3 to 40% by mass, more preferably 5 to 30% by mass, and particularly preferably 7 to 25% by mass. The fluorine-based surfactant having the fluorine content in this range is effective from the viewpoints of the thickness uniformity of the coating film and the liquid saving property, and also has good solubility in the coloring composition.

作為氟系界面活性劑,可列舉日本特開2014-041318號段落0060~0064(對應之國際公開2014/017669號的段落0060~0064)等記載之界面活性劑、日本特開2011-132503號段落0117~0132記載之界面活性劑、日本特開2020-008634號記載之界面活性劑,該等內容被編入本說明書。氟系界面活性劑的市售品可例舉Megaface F-171、F-172、F-173、F-176、F-177、F-141、F-142、F-143、F-144、F-437、F-475、F-477、F-479、F-482、F-554、F-555-A、F-556、F-557、F-558、F-559、F-560、F-561、F-563、F-565、F-568、F-575、F-780、EXP、MFS-330、R-01、R-40、R-40-LM、R-41、R-41-LM、RS-43、TF-1956、RS-90、R-94、RS-72-K、DS-21(以上,DIC Corporation製)、Fluorad FC430、FC431、FC171(以上,Sumitomo 3M Limited製)、Surflon S-382、SC-101、SC-103、SC-104、SC-105、SC-1068、SC-381、SC-383、S-393、KH-40(以上,AGC Inc. 製)、PolyFox PF636、PF656、PF6320、PF6520、PF7002(以上,OMNOVA Solutions Inc.製)、Ftergent 208G、215M、245F、601AD、601ADH2、602A、610FM、710FL、710FM、710FS、FTX-218、(以上,Neos Corporation 製)等。As the fluorine-based surfactant, the surfactants described in paragraphs 0060 to 0064 of JP 2014-041318 A (corresponding to paragraphs 0060 to 0064 of WO 2014/017669 A), and paragraphs of JP 2011-132503 The surfactants described in 0117 to 0132 and the surfactants described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2020-008634 are incorporated into this specification. Commercially available fluorine-based surfactants include Megaface F-171, F-172, F-173, F-176, F-177, F-141, F-142, F-143, F-144, F -437, F-475, F-477, F-479, F-482, F-554, F-555-A, F-556, F-557, F-558, F-559, F-560, F -561, F-563, F-565, F-568, F-575, F-780, EXP, MFS-330, R-01, R-40, R-40-LM, R-41, R-41 -LM, RS-43, TF-1956, RS-90, R-94, RS-72-K, DS-21 (above, manufactured by DIC Corporation), Fluorad FC430, FC431, FC171 (above, manufactured by Sumitomo 3M Limited) , Surflon S-382, SC-101, SC-103, SC-104, SC-105, SC-1068, SC-381, SC-383, S-393, KH-40 (above, manufactured by AGC Inc.), PolyFox PF636, PF656, PF6320, PF6520, PF7002 (above, manufactured by OMNOVA Solutions Inc.), Ftergent 208G, 215M, 245F, 601AD, 601ADH2, 602A, 610FM, 710FL, 710FM, 710FS, FTX-218, (above, Neos Corporation system) etc.

又,氟系界面活性劑亦能夠較佳地使用丙烯酸系化合物,該丙烯酸系化合物具備具有含有氟原子之官能基之分子結構,且施加熱時含有氟原子之官能基部分被切斷而氟原子揮發。作為這種氟系界面活性劑,可列舉DIC Corporation製造之MEGAFACE DS系列(化學工業日報(2016年2月22日)、日經產業新聞(2016年2月23日))、例如MEGAFACE DS-21。In addition, as the fluorine-based surfactant, an acrylic compound can also be preferably used. The acrylic compound has a molecular structure having a functional group containing a fluorine atom, and when heat is applied, the functional group containing a fluorine atom is partially cleaved and the fluorine atom is removed. volatilize. Examples of such fluorine-based surfactants include MEGAFACE DS series manufactured by DIC Corporation (Chemical Industry Daily (February 22, 2016), Nikkei Sangyo Shimbun (February 23, 2016)), for example, MEGAFACE DS-21 .

又,關於氟系界面活性劑,使用具氟化烷基或氟化伸烷基醚基之含氟原子的乙烯基醚化合物與親水性乙烯基醚化合物的聚合物亦較佳。這種氟系界面活性劑可例舉日本特開2016-216602號中所記載之氟系界面活性劑,該內容被編入本說明書中。In addition, as the fluorine-based surfactant, it is also preferable to use a polymer of a fluorine atom-containing vinyl ether compound having a fluorinated alkyl group or a fluorinated alkylene ether group and a hydrophilic vinyl ether compound. Such a fluorine-based surfactant may, for example, be the fluorine-based surfactant described in JP 2016-216602 A, the contents of which are incorporated in this specification.

氟系界面活性劑還能夠使用嵌段聚合物。氟系界面活性劑還能夠較佳地使用含氟高分子化合物,該含氟高分子化合物包含:源自具有氟原子之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物之重複單元;及源自具有2個以上(較佳為5個以上)的伸烷氧基(較佳為伸乙氧基、伸丙氧基)之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物之重複單元。又,日本特開2010-032698號的段落0016~0037中所記載之含氟界面活性劑、下述化合物亦例示為本發明中所使用之氟系界面活性劑。

Figure 02_image045
上述化合物的重量平均分子量較佳為3000~50000,例如為14000。上述化合物中,表示重複單元的比例之%為莫耳%。As the fluorine-based surfactant, a block polymer can also be used. The fluorine-based surfactant can also preferably use a fluorine-containing polymer compound, the fluorine-containing polymer compound comprising: a repeating unit derived from a (meth)acrylate compound having a fluorine atom; The repeating unit of the (meth)acrylate compound of preferably 5 or more) alkeneoxy group (preferably etheneoxy group and propoxy group). In addition, the fluorine-containing surfactants described in paragraphs 0016 to 0037 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2010-032698 and the following compounds are also exemplified as fluorine-based surfactants used in the present invention.
Figure 02_image045
The weight average molecular weight of the above-mentioned compound is preferably 3,000 to 50,000, for example, 14,000. In the above-mentioned compounds, the % indicating the ratio of repeating units is mol%.

又,氟系界面活性劑還能夠使用在側鏈上具有含有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團之含氟聚合物。作為具體例,可列舉日本特開2010-164965號的段落0050~0090及段落0289~0295中所記載之化合物,DIC Corporation製造的MEGAFACE RS-101、RS-102、RS-718K、RS-72-K等。又,氟系界面活性劑亦能夠使用日本特開2015-117327號的段落0015~0158中所記載之化合物。Moreover, the fluorine-containing polymer which has a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond in a side chain can also be used for a fluorine-type surfactant. Specific examples include the compounds described in paragraphs 0050 to 0090 and paragraphs 0289 to 0295 of JP 2010-164965 A, MEGAFACE RS-101, RS-102, RS-718K, and RS-72- manufactured by DIC Corporation. K et al. Moreover, the compound described in the paragraphs 0015-0158 of Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 2015-117327 can also be used as a fluorine-type surfactant.

又,從環境管理的觀點考慮,使用國際公開第2020/084854號中所記載之界面活性劑代替具有碳數6以上的全氟烷基之界面活性劑亦為較佳。Moreover, from the viewpoint of environmental management, it is also preferable to use the surfactant described in International Publication No. WO 2020/084854 in place of the surfactant having a perfluoroalkyl group having 6 or more carbon atoms.

又,使用由式(fi-1)表示之含氟醯亞胺鹽化合物作為界面活性劑亦為較佳。

Figure 02_image047
在式(fi-1)中,m表示1或2,n表示1~4的整數,α表示1或2,Xα+ 表示α價的金屬離子、第1級銨離子、第2級銨離子、第3級銨離子、第4級銨離子或NH4 + 。Moreover, it is also preferable to use the fluorine-containing imide salt compound represented by formula (fi-1) as a surfactant.
Figure 02_image047
In formula (fi-1), m represents 1 or 2, n represents an integer of 1 to 4, α represents 1 or 2, and X α+ represents an α-valent metal ion, first-order ammonium ion, and second-order ammonium ion , 3rd order ammonium ion, 4th order ammonium ion or NH 4 + .

作為非離子系界面活性劑,可列舉丙三醇(glycerol)、三羥甲基丙烷、三羥甲基乙烷及該等的乙氧基化物及丙氧基化物(例如,丙三醇丙氧基化物、丙三醇乙氧基化物等)、聚氧乙烯月桂基醚、聚氧乙烯硬脂基醚、聚氧乙烯油基醚、聚氧乙烯辛基苯基醚、聚氧乙烯壬基苯基醚、聚乙二醇二月桂酸酯、聚乙二醇二硬脂酸酯、脫水山梨糖醇脂肪酸酯、Pluronic L10、L31、L61、L62、10R5、17R2、25R2(BASF公司製造)、Tetronic 304、701、704、901、904、150R1(BASF公司製造)、Solsperse 20000(Japan Lubrizol Corporation製造)、NCW-101、NCW-1001、NCW-1002(Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.製造)、PIONIN D-6112、D-6112-W、D-6315(Takemoto Oil & Fat Co.,Ltd.製造)、OLFIN E1010、Surfynol 104、400、440(Nissin Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)等。Examples of nonionic surfactants include glycerol, trimethylolpropane, trimethylolethane, and their ethoxylates and propoxylates (for example, glycerol propoxylate). bases, glycerol ethoxylates, etc.), polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene stearyl ether, polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene octyl phenyl ether, polyoxyethylene nonylbenzene base ether, polyethylene glycol dilaurate, polyethylene glycol distearate, sorbitan fatty acid ester, Pluronic L10, L31, L61, L62, 10R5, 17R2, 25R2 (manufactured by BASF), Tetronic 304, 701, 704, 901, 904, 150R1 (manufactured by BASF Corporation), Solsperse 20000 (manufactured by Japan Lubrizol Corporation), NCW-101, NCW-1001, NCW-1002 (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.), PIONIN D-6112, D-6112-W, D-6315 (manufactured by Takemoto Oil & Fat Co., Ltd.), OLFIN E1010, Surfynol 104, 400, 440 (manufactured by Nissin Chemical Co., Ltd.) and the like.

作為矽酮系界面活性劑,例如可列舉Toray Silicone DC3PA、Toray Silicone SH7PA、Toray Silicone DC11PA、Toray Silicone SH21PA、Toray Silicone SH28PA、Toray Silicone SH29PA、Toray Silicone SH30PA、Toray Silicone SH8400(以上,Dow Corning Toray Co., Ltd.製造)、TSF-4440、TSF-4300、TSF-4445、TSF-4460、TSF-4452(以上,Momentive Performance Materials Inc.製造)、KP-341、KF-6001、KF-6002(以上,Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,LTD.製造)、BYK-307、BYK-322、BYK-323、BYK-330、BYK-3760、BYK-UV3510(以上,BYK-Chemie Corporation製造)、FZ-2122(Dow Toray Co.,Ltd.製造)等。Examples of silicone-based surfactants include Toray Silicone DC3PA, Toray Silicone SH7PA, Toray Silicone DC11PA, Toray Silicone SH21PA, Toray Silicone SH28PA, Toray Silicone SH29PA, Toray Silicone SH30PA, Toray Silicone SH8400 (above, Dow Corning Toray Co. , Ltd.), TSF-4440, TSF-4300, TSF-4445, TSF-4460, TSF-4452 (above, made by Momentive Performance Materials Inc.), KP-341, KF-6001, KF-6002 (above, Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., LTD. manufactured), BYK-307, BYK-322, BYK-323, BYK-330, BYK-3760, BYK-UV3510 (above, manufactured by BYK-Chemie Corporation), FZ-2122 (Dow manufactured by Toray Co., Ltd.) etc.

又,矽酮系界面活性劑亦能夠使用下述結構的化合物。

Figure 02_image049
Moreover, the compound of the following structure can also be used for a silicone type surfactant.
Figure 02_image049

著色組成物的總固體成分中的界面活性劑的含量係0.001~5.0質量%為較佳,0.005~3.0質量%為更佳。界面活性劑可以僅為1種,亦可以為2種以上。在2種以上之情形下,該等的總量成為上述範圍為較佳。The content of the surfactant in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.001 to 5.0 mass %, more preferably 0.005 to 3.0 mass %. Only one type of surfactant may be used, or two or more types may be used. In the case of two or more types, it is preferable that the total amount of these be in the above-mentioned range.

<<其他添加劑>> 在本發明的著色組成物中,依據需要,能夠摻合各種添加劑、例如填充劑、黏附促進劑、抗氧化劑、抗凝聚劑等。作為該等添加劑,能夠舉出日本特開2004-295116號的段落0155~0156中所記載的添加劑,且該內容被編入到本說明書中。又,作為抗氧化劑,例如能夠使用酚化合物、磷系化合物(例如日本特開2011-090147號的段落0042中所記載之化合物)、硫醚化合物等。作為市售品,例如可列舉ADEKA CORPORATION製造之Adekastab系列(AO-20、AO-30、AO-40、AO-50、AO-50F、AO-60、AO-60G、AO-80、AO-330等)。又,作為抗氧化劑,還能夠使用國際公開第2017/006600號中所記載之多官能受阻胺抗氧化劑、國際公開第2017/164024號中所記載之抗氧化劑、日本專利第6268967號的段落0023~0048中所記載之抗氧化劑。抗氧化劑可以僅使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。又,依據需要,本發明的著色組成物還可以含有潛在抗氧化劑。作為潛在抗氧化劑,可列舉作為抗氧化劑發揮功能之部位被保護基保護之化合物,且保護基藉由在100~250℃下進行加熱或在酸/鹼觸媒存在下在80~200℃下進行加熱而脫離並作為抗氧化劑發揮功能之化合物。作為潛在抗氧化劑的具體例,可列舉國際公開第2014/021023號、國際公開第2017/030005號、日本特開2017-008219號中所記載之化合物。作為市售品,可列舉ADEKA ARKLS GPA-5001(ADEKA CORPORATION製造)等。又,本發明的著色組成物能夠含有日本特開2004-295116號的0078段中所記載之增感劑、光穩定劑、日本特開2004-295116號的0081段中所記載之熱聚合抑制劑、日本特開2018-091940號的段落0242中所記載之儲存穩定化劑。<<Other additives>> In the coloring composition of the present invention, various additives such as fillers, adhesion promoters, antioxidants, anti-agglomeration agents, and the like can be blended as necessary. As such additives, the additives described in paragraphs 0155 to 0156 of JP-A No. 2004-295116 can be mentioned, and the contents are incorporated in this specification. Moreover, as an antioxidant, a phenol compound, a phosphorus compound (for example, the compound described in the paragraph 0042 of Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 2011-090147), a thioether compound, etc. can be used, for example. Examples of commercially available products include Adekastab series (AO-20, AO-30, AO-40, AO-50, AO-50F, AO-60, AO-60G, AO-80, AO-330 manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION) Wait). In addition, as antioxidants, the polyfunctional hindered amine antioxidants described in International Publication No. 2017/006600, the antioxidants described in International Publication No. 2017/164024, and paragraphs 0023 to 0023 of Japanese Patent No. 6268967 can also be used. Antioxidants described in 0048. Only one type of antioxidant may be used, or two or more types may be used. Moreover, the coloring composition of this invention may contain a latent antioxidant as needed. As potential antioxidants, compounds in which the sites functioning as antioxidants are protected by protective groups, and the protective groups are protected by heating at 100 to 250°C or in the presence of acid/base catalysts at 80 to 200°C can be exemplified. Compounds that dissociate upon heating and function as antioxidants. Specific examples of potential antioxidants include compounds described in International Publication No. 2014/021023, International Publication No. 2017/030005, and JP-A No. 2017-008219. As a commercial item, ADEKA ARKLS GPA-5001 (made by ADEKA CORPORATION) etc. are mentioned. Furthermore, the coloring composition of the present invention can contain the sensitizers and light stabilizers described in paragraph 0078 of JP-A No. 2004-295116, and the thermal polymerization inhibitor described in paragraph 0081 of JP-A No. 2004-295116 , the storage stabilizer described in paragraph 0242 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2018-091940.

從環境法規的觀點考慮,全氟烷基磺酸及其鹽、以及全氟烷基羧酸及其鹽的使用受到限制。在本發明的著色組成物中,當降低上述化合物的含有率時,全氟烷基磺酸(尤其為全氟烷基的碳數為6~8的全氟烷基磺酸)及其鹽、以及全氟烷基羧酸(尤其為全氟烷基的碳數為6~8的全氟烷基羧酸)及其鹽的含有率相對於著色組成物的總固體成分係0.01ppb~1,000ppb的範圍為較佳,0.05ppb~500ppb的範圍為更佳,0.1ppb~300ppb的範圍為進一步較佳。本發明的著色組成物可以實質上不包含全氟烷基磺酸及其鹽、以及全氟烷基羧酸及其鹽。例如,藉由使用能夠代替全氟烷基磺酸及其鹽之化合物、以及能夠代替全氟烷基羧酸及其鹽之化合物,可以選擇實質上不包含全氟烷基磺酸及其鹽、以及全氟烷基羧酸及其鹽之著色組成物。作為能夠代替規制化合物之化合物,例如可列舉由於全氟烷基的碳數的不同而從規制對象排除之化合物。但是,上述內容不妨礙全氟烷基磺酸及其鹽、以及全氟烷基羧酸及其鹽的使用。本發明的著色組成物在允許之最大範圍內可以包含全氟烷基磺酸及其鹽、以及全氟烷基羧酸及其鹽。From the viewpoint of environmental regulations, the use of perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and salts thereof, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acids and salts thereof is restricted. In the coloring composition of the present invention, when the content of the above-mentioned compound is reduced, perfluoroalkanesulfonic acid (especially perfluoroalkanesulfonic acid having a perfluoroalkyl group of 6 to 8 carbon atoms) and salts thereof, And the content ratio of perfluoroalkyl carboxylic acid (especially perfluoroalkyl carboxylic acid having 6 to 8 carbon atoms in perfluoroalkyl group) and its salt is 0.01 ppb to 1 with respect to the total solid content of the coloring composition, The range of 000 ppb is preferable, the range of 0.05 ppb to 500 ppb is more preferable, and the range of 0.1 ppb to 300 ppb is further preferable. The coloring composition of the present invention may not substantially contain perfluoroalkyl sulfonic acid and salts thereof, and perfluoroalkyl carboxylic acids and salts thereof. For example, by using compounds that can replace perfluoroalkanesulfonic acid and salts thereof, and compounds that can replace perfluoroalkanecarboxylic acid and salts thereof, it is possible to select substantially no perfluoroalkanesulfonic acid and salts thereof, and coloring compositions of perfluoroalkyl carboxylic acids and their salts. Examples of compounds that can be substituted for the regulated compounds include compounds excluded from regulation due to differences in the number of carbon atoms in the perfluoroalkyl group. However, the above content does not prevent the use of perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and salts thereof, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acids and salts thereof. The coloring composition of the present invention may contain perfluoroalkyl sulfonic acid and its salts, and perfluoroalkyl carboxylic acids and its salts within the maximum allowable range.

<容納容器> 作為本發明的著色組成物的容納容器,並無特別限制,能夠使用公知的容納容器。又,作為容納容器,為了抑制雜質混入原材料、著色組成物中,使用由6種6層的樹脂構成容器內壁之多層瓶、或將6種樹脂作成7層結構之瓶亦較佳。作為這種容器,例如可列舉日本特開2015-123351號中所記載的容器。又,為了防止自容器內壁的金屬溶出,提高組成物的保存穩定性,或者抑制成分變質等,容器內壁由玻璃製造或由不鏽鋼製造等亦為較佳。<Accommodating container> There is no restriction|limiting in particular as a container of the coloring composition of this invention, A well-known container can be used. In addition, as the container, in order to suppress the contamination of impurities into the raw material and the coloring composition, it is also preferable to use a multi-layer bottle in which the inner wall of the container is composed of six kinds of resins with six layers, or a bottle with six kinds of resins in a seven-layer structure. As such a container, the container described in Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 2015-123351 is mentioned, for example. In addition, in order to prevent elution of metal from the inner wall of the container, improve the storage stability of the composition, or suppress the deterioration of components, it is also preferable that the inner wall of the container is made of glass or stainless steel.

<著色組成物之製造方法> 本發明的著色組成物能夠藉由混合前述成分而製造。在製造著色組成物時,可以將所有成分同時溶解和/或分散於溶劑中而製造著色組成物,亦可以依據需要,將各成分適當地作為2個以上的溶液或分散液,並在使用時(塗佈時)將該等進行混合而製造著色組成物。<Manufacturing method of coloring composition> The coloring composition of this invention can be manufactured by mixing the said components. When producing the coloring composition, all the components may be dissolved and/or dispersed in a solvent at the same time to produce the coloring composition, and if necessary, each component may be appropriately used as two or more solutions or dispersions, and when used (At the time of coating) These are mixed to manufacture a colored composition.

又,在製造著色組成物時,可以包括使顏料分散之程序。在使顏料分散之程序中,作為用於顏料的分散之機械力,可列舉壓縮、擠壓、衝擊、剪斷、孔蝕等。作為該等程序的具體例,可列舉珠磨、砂磨、輥磨、球磨、塗料攪拌、微射流、高速葉輪、混砂、噴射流混合、高壓濕式微粒化、超聲波分散等。又,在砂磨(珠磨)下的顏料的粉碎中,以如下條件進行處理為較佳,該條件為藉由使用直徑小的微珠,且提高微珠的填充率等而提高粉碎效率。又,在粉碎處理後藉由過濾、離心分離等而去除粗粒子為較佳。又,關於使顏料分散之程序及分散機,能夠較佳地使用“分散技術大全集、JOHOKIKO CO., LTD.發行,2005年7月15日”或“以圍繞懸浮液(固體/液體分散體系)為中心之分散技術與工業上的實際應用綜合資料集,經營開發中心出版部發行,1978年10月10日”、日本特開2015-157893號的段落0022中所記載的程序及分散機。又,在使顏料分散之程序中,可以藉由鹽磨製程進行粒子的微細化處理。在鹽磨製程中所使用之原材料、設備、處理條件等例如能夠參閱日本特開2015-194521號、日本特開2012-046629號的記載。Moreover, when manufacturing a coloring composition, the process of dispersing a pigment may be included. In the process of dispersing the pigment, the mechanical force for dispersing the pigment includes compression, extrusion, impact, shearing, pitting, and the like. Specific examples of such procedures include bead milling, sand milling, roll milling, ball milling, paint stirring, microjet, high-speed impeller, sand mixing, jet mixing, high-pressure wet micronization, ultrasonic dispersion, and the like. Further, in the grinding of the pigment by sand grinding (bead grinding), it is preferable to carry out the treatment under the conditions that the grinding efficiency can be improved by using microbeads with a small diameter and increasing the filling rate of the microbeads. In addition, it is preferable to remove coarse particles by filtration, centrifugation, or the like after the pulverization treatment. Also, regarding the procedure and dispersing machine for dispersing the pigment, "Complete Collection of Dispersion Technology, Published by JOHOKIKO CO., LTD., July 15, 2005" or "To surround the suspension (solid/liquid dispersion system) can be preferably used. ) is the center's comprehensive collection of dispersion technology and industrial applications, issued by the Publishing Department of the Management Development Center, "October 10, 1978", the program and dispersion machine described in paragraph 0022 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2015-157893. In addition, in the process of dispersing the pigment, the micronization of the particles can be performed by a salt milling process. The raw materials, equipment, processing conditions, etc. used in the salt milling process can be referred to, for example, the descriptions of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2015-194521 and Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2012-046629.

製造著色組成物時,為了去除異物或減少缺陷等,用過濾器過濾著色組成物為較佳。作為過濾器,只要係一直以來用於過濾用途等之過濾器,則能夠無特別限制地進行使用。例如可列舉使用聚四氟乙烯(PTFE)、聚偏二氟乙烯(PVDF)等氟樹脂、尼龍(例如尼龍-6、尼龍-6,6)等聚醯胺系樹脂、聚乙烯、聚丙烯(PP)等聚烯烴樹脂(包含高密度、超高分子量的聚烯烴樹脂)等材料之過濾器。在該等材料之中,聚丙烯(包含高密度聚丙烯)及尼龍為較佳。When producing a coloring composition, it is preferable to filter the coloring composition with a filter in order to remove foreign matter, reduce defects, and the like. As a filter, it can be used without a restriction|limiting in particular, as long as it is a filter conventionally used for filtration applications, etc. For example, fluorine resins such as polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) and polyvinylidene fluoride (PVDF), polyamide resins such as nylon (for example, nylon-6, nylon-6,6), polyethylene, polypropylene ( PP) and other polyolefin resins (including high-density, ultra-high molecular weight polyolefin resins) and other materials. Among these materials, polypropylene (including high density polypropylene) and nylon are preferred.

過濾器的孔徑係0.01~7.0μm較佳,0.01~3.0μm更佳,0.05~0.5μm進一步較佳。只要過濾器的孔徑在上述範圍內,則可更可靠地去除微細的異物。過濾器的孔徑值可參閱過濾器廠商的標稱值。過濾器可使用由NIHON PALL LTD.(DFA4201NIEY、DFA4201NAEY、DFA4201J006P等)、Advantec Toyo Kaisha, Ltd.、Japan Entegris Inc.(舊Japan Microlis Co., Ltd.)及KITZ MICRO FILTER CORPORATION等提供之各種過濾器。The pore size of the filter is preferably 0.01 to 7.0 μm, more preferably 0.01 to 3.0 μm, and even more preferably 0.05 to 0.5 μm. As long as the pore diameter of the filter is within the above range, fine foreign matter can be removed more reliably. The pore size value of the filter can be referred to the nominal value of the filter manufacturer. As filters, various filters provided by NIHON PALL LTD. (DFA4201NIEY, DFA4201NAEY, DFA4201J006P, etc.), Advantec Toyo Kaisha, Ltd., Japan Entegris Inc. (formerly Japan Microlis Co., Ltd.), and KITZ MICRO FILTER CORPORATION, etc., can be used .

又,作為過濾器,使用纖維狀的濾材亦為較佳。作為纖維狀的濾材,例如可列舉聚丙烯纖維、尼龍纖維、玻璃纖維等。作為市售品,可列舉ROKI TECHNO CO.,LTD.製造的SBP型系列(SBP008等)、TPR型系列(TPR002、TPR005等)、SHPX型系列(SHPX003等)。在使用過濾器時,可以組合不同之過濾器(例如,第1過濾器和第2過濾器等)。此時,用各過濾器之過濾可以僅進行1次,亦可以進行2次以上。又,可以在上述範圍內組合不同孔徑的過濾器。又,亦可以僅對分散液進行使用第1過濾器的過濾,混合其他成分之後,用第2過濾器進行過濾。Moreover, it is also preferable to use a fibrous filter medium as a filter. As a fibrous filter medium, polypropylene fiber, nylon fiber, glass fiber, etc. are mentioned, for example. Commercially available products include SBP-type series (SBP008, etc.), TPR-type series (TPR002, TPR005, etc.), and SHPX-type series (SHPX003, etc.) manufactured by ROKI TECHNO CO., LTD. When using filters, you can combine different filters (eg, 1st filter, 2nd filter, etc.). At this time, the filtration with each filter may be performed only once, or may be performed twice or more. Also, filters of different pore sizes may be combined within the above-mentioned range. In addition, only the dispersion liquid may be filtered using the first filter, and other components may be mixed and then filtered using the second filter.

<硬化膜> 本發明的硬化膜為使上述之本發明的著色組成物硬化而獲得之膜。本發明的硬化膜能夠用於彩色濾光片等。具體而言,能夠較佳地用作彩色濾光片的著色層(像素),可更佳地用作紅色像素。本發明的硬化膜的膜厚能夠依據目的而適當地調節,但是0.5~3.0μm為較佳。下限係0.8μm以上為較佳,1.0μm以上為更佳,1.1μm以上為進一步較佳。上限係2.5μm以下為較佳,2.0μm以下為更佳,1.8μm以下為進一步較佳。<Curing film> The cured film of this invention is a film obtained by hardening the above-mentioned coloring composition of this invention. The cured film of the present invention can be used for a color filter or the like. Specifically, it can be preferably used as a coloring layer (pixel) of a color filter, and can be preferably used as a red pixel. Although the film thickness of the cured film of this invention can be adjusted suitably according to the objective, 0.5-3.0 micrometers is preferable. The lower limit is preferably 0.8 μm or more, more preferably 1.0 μm or more, and even more preferably 1.1 μm or more. The upper limit is preferably 2.5 μm or less, more preferably 2.0 μm or less, and even more preferably 1.8 μm or less.

<硬化膜之形成方法> 接著,對硬化膜之形成方法進行說明。 硬化膜之形成方法包括如下製程為較佳:將本發明的著色組成物塗佈於支撐體上而形成著色組成物層之製程;對該著色組成物層進行曝光之製程(曝光製程);及對曝光後的著色組成物層進行加熱處理之製程(後烘烤製程)。又,在形成圖案狀的硬化膜(像素)之情形下,在上述曝光製程中,將著色組成物層曝光成圖案狀,並且在曝光製程與後烘烤製程之間進而包括對曝光後的著色組成物層進行顯影之製程(顯影製程)為較佳。<Method for forming a cured film> Next, the formation method of a cured film is demonstrated. The method for forming the cured film preferably includes the following processes: a process of coating the coloring composition of the present invention on a support to form a coloring composition layer; a process of exposing the coloring composition layer (exposure process); and A process of heat-treating the exposed coloring composition layer (post-baking process). Moreover, in the case of forming a patterned cured film (pixel), in the above-mentioned exposure process, the coloring composition layer is exposed in a pattern, and between the exposure process and the post-baking process, the coloring after exposure is further included. A process (development process) in which the composition layer is developed is preferred.

在形成硬化膜時,在本發明中,在整個製程中在150℃以下的溫度下進行為較佳。另外,在本發明中,「在整個製程中在150℃以下的溫度下進行」係指在150℃以下的溫度下進行使用著色組成物形成硬化膜之所有製程。係指在對曝光後的著色組成物層進行顯影之後,進而設定加熱之製程之情形下,該加熱之製程亦在150℃以下的溫度下進行。以下敘述各製程的詳細內容。When forming a cured film, in this invention, it is preferable to carry out at the temperature below 150 degreeC in the whole process. In addition, in the present invention, "performing at a temperature of 150° C. or lower throughout the entire process" means that all the processes of forming a cured film using the coloring composition are performed at a temperature of 150° C. or lower. It means that in the case of setting a heating process after developing the exposed coloring composition layer, the heating process is also performed at a temperature below 150°C. The details of each process are described below.

在形成著色組成物層之製程中,將本發明的著色組成物塗佈於支撐體上而形成著色組成物層。作為支撐體,可列舉玻璃基板、樹脂基板等。作為樹脂基板,可列舉聚碳酸酯基板、聚酯基板、芳香族聚醯胺基板、聚醯胺醯亞胺基板、聚醯亞胺基板等。可以在該等基板上形成有有機發光層。又,還能夠在支撐體上使用矽基板。在矽基板上可以形成有電荷耦合元件(CCD)、互補型金屬氧化物半導體(CMOS)、透明導電膜等。又,為了改善與上部層的黏附性、防止物質的擴散或者基板表面的平坦化,可以在支撐體上設置基底層。關於基底層的表面接觸角,在用二碘甲烷進行測量時,20~70°為較佳。又,在用水進行測量時,30~80°為較佳。若基底層的表面接觸角在上述範圍內,則著色組成物的塗佈性良好。關於基底層的表面接觸角的調節,例如,可藉由添加界面活性劑等的方法來進行。基底層可以使用從本說明書中所記載之著色組成物中去除著色劑而得之組成物、包含本說明書中記載之樹脂、聚合性化合物、界面活性劑等之組成物等來形成。In the process of forming the coloring composition layer, the coloring composition of the present invention is coated on the support to form the coloring composition layer. As a support body, a glass substrate, a resin substrate, etc. are mentioned. As the resin substrate, a polycarbonate substrate, a polyester substrate, an aromatic polyamide substrate, a polyamide imide substrate, a polyimide substrate, and the like can be mentioned. An organic light-emitting layer may be formed on these substrates. In addition, a silicon substrate can also be used on the support. A charge coupled device (CCD), a complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS), a transparent conductive film, and the like can be formed on the silicon substrate. Also, in order to improve adhesion to the upper layer, prevent diffusion of substances, or flatten the surface of the substrate, a base layer may be provided on the support. The surface contact angle of the base layer is preferably 20 to 70° when measured with diiodomethane. Moreover, when measuring with water, 30-80 degrees are preferable. When the surface contact angle of the base layer is within the above-mentioned range, the coating properties of the coloring composition are favorable. The adjustment of the surface contact angle of the base layer can be performed, for example, by adding a surfactant or the like. The base layer can be formed using a composition obtained by removing a colorant from the coloring composition described in this specification, a composition containing a resin, a polymerizable compound, a surfactant and the like described in this specification, and the like.

著色組成物的塗佈方法可使用公知方法。可例舉滴加法(滴鑄);狹縫塗佈法;噴射法;輥塗法;旋轉塗佈法(旋塗);流延塗佈法;狹縫旋塗法;預濕法(例如,日本特開2009-145395號記載之方法);噴墨(例如,按需方式、壓電方式、熱方式)、噴嘴噴射等噴出系印刷、柔版印刷、網版印刷、凹版印刷、逆轉偏移印刷、金屬遮罩印刷法等各種印刷法;使用模具等之轉印法;奈米壓印法等。作為噴墨中之適用方法並沒有特別限定,例如可列舉“可推廣、使用之噴墨-專利中可見之無限可能性-,2005年2月發行,Sumitbe Techon Research Co.,Ltd.”所示之方法(尤其第115頁~第133頁)或日本特開2003-262716號、日本特開2003-185831號、日本特開2003-261827號、日本特開2012-126830號、日本特開2006-169325號等記載之方法。又,關於著色組成物之塗佈方法,可參閱國際公開第2017/030174號、國際公開第2017/018419號的記載,該等內容被編入本說明書中。A known method can be used for the coating method of the coloring composition. A drop coating method (drop casting); a slot coating method; a spray method; a roll coating method; a spin coating method (spin coating); a casting coating method; a slit spin coating method; The method described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2009-145395); inkjet (for example, on-demand method, piezoelectric method, thermal method), ejection system printing such as nozzle jetting, flexographic printing, screen printing, gravure printing, reverse offset Various printing methods such as printing and metal mask printing; transfer printing using molds, etc.; nanoimprinting, etc. The applicable method in inkjet is not particularly limited, for example, "Inkjet that can be promoted and used - Infinite Possibilities Seen in Patent-, Issued in February 2005, Sumitbe Techon Research Co., Ltd." methods (especially pages 115 to 133) or Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2003-262716, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2003-185831, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2003-261827, The method described in No. 169325 et al. In addition, regarding the coating method of a colored composition, the description of International Publication No. 2017/030174 and International Publication No. 2017/018419 can be referred to, and these contents are incorporated in this specification.

形成於支撐體上之著色組成物層可以進行乾燥(預烘烤)。在進行預烘烤之情形下,預烘烤溫度係80℃以下為較佳,70℃以下為更佳,60℃以下為進一步較佳,50℃以下為特佳。下限例如能夠設為40℃以上。預烘烤時間係10~3600秒為較佳。預烘烤能夠用加熱板、烘箱等來進行。The coloring composition layer formed on the support may be dried (pre-baked). In the case of pre-baking, the pre-baking temperature is preferably 80°C or lower, more preferably 70°C or lower, further preferably 60°C or lower, and particularly preferably 50°C or lower. The lower limit can be, for example, 40°C or higher. The pre-baking time is preferably 10 to 3600 seconds. The prebaking can be performed with a hot plate, an oven, or the like.

接著,對著色組成物層進行曝光(曝光製程)。例如,能夠使用步進曝光機、掃描曝光機等,對著色組成物層進行曝光。在形成圖案狀的硬化膜(像素)之情形下,將著色組成物層曝光成圖案狀。例如,藉由隔著具有既定的遮罩圖案之遮罩進行曝光,能夠將著色組成物層曝光成圖案狀。藉此,能夠使曝光部分硬化。Next, the coloring composition layer is exposed to light (exposure process). For example, a coloring composition layer can be exposed using a stepper, a scanning exposure machine, or the like. When forming a patterned cured film (pixel), the coloring composition layer is exposed in a pattern. For example, the colored composition layer can be exposed in a pattern by exposing through a mask having a predetermined mask pattern. Thereby, the exposed part can be hardened.

作為曝光時能夠使用之光,可列舉g射線(波長為436nm)、i射線(波長為365nm)等紫外線。如韓國公開專利第1020170122130號所記載,可以一邊截止比i射線短的波長的光一邊進行使用i射線之曝光。又,亦可使用波長300nm以下的光(較佳為波長180~300nm的光)。波長300nm以下的光可例舉KrF射線(波長248nm)、ArF射線(波長193nm)等,KrF射線(波長248nm)為較佳。又,還能夠利用300nm以上的長波長的光源。Examples of light that can be used during exposure include ultraviolet rays such as g-rays (wavelength: 436 nm) and i-rays (wavelength: 365 nm). As described in Korean Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 1020170122130, exposure using i-rays can be performed while cutting off light having a wavelength shorter than that of i-rays. In addition, light with a wavelength of 300 nm or less (preferably, light with a wavelength of 180 to 300 nm) may be used. As light with a wavelength of 300 nm or less, KrF rays (wavelength 248 nm), ArF rays (wavelength 193 nm), etc. are exemplified, and KrF rays (wavelength 248 nm) are preferred. In addition, a long-wavelength light source of 300 nm or more can also be used.

又,在曝光時,可以連續照射光而進行曝光,亦可以脈衝照射而進行曝光(脈衝曝光)。另外,脈衝曝光係指在短時間(例如,毫秒級以下)的循環中反覆進行光的照射和暫停而進行曝光之方式的曝光方法。In addition, at the time of exposure, light may be continuously irradiated for exposure, or pulsed exposure may be performed (pulse exposure). In addition, the pulse exposure refers to an exposure method in which exposure is performed by repeating light irradiation and pausing in a cycle of a short time (eg, milliseconds or less).

照射量(曝光量)例如係0.03~2.5J/cm2 為較佳,0.05~1.0J/cm2 為更佳。關於曝光時的氧濃度,能夠適當選擇,除在大氣下進行以外,例如可以在氧濃度為19體積%以下的低氧環境下(例如,15體積%、5體積%、或實質上無氧)下進行曝光,亦可以在氧濃度超過21體積%之高氧環境下(例如,22體積%、30體積%、或50體積%)下進行曝光。又,能夠適當設定曝光照度,通常能夠從1000W/m2 ~100000W/m2 (例如,5000W/m2 、15000W/m2 或者35000W/m2 )的範圍選擇。氧濃度和曝光照度可以適當組合條件,例如能夠設為氧濃度10體積%且照度10000W/m2 、氧濃度35體積%且照度20000W/m2 等。The irradiation dose (exposure dose) is, for example, preferably 0.03 to 2.5 J/cm 2 , more preferably 0.05 to 1.0 J/cm 2 . The oxygen concentration at the time of exposure can be appropriately selected, and in addition to being performed in the atmosphere, for example, a hypoxic environment with an oxygen concentration of 19% by volume or less (for example, 15% by volume, 5% by volume, or substantially no oxygen) can be used. Exposure may be performed under a high oxygen environment with an oxygen concentration exceeding 21 vol % (eg, 22 vol %, 30 vol %, or 50 vol %). In addition, the exposure illuminance can be appropriately set, and can usually be selected from the range of 1000 W/m 2 to 100000 W/m 2 (for example, 5000 W/m 2 , 15000 W/m 2 or 35000 W/m 2 ). The oxygen concentration and the exposure illuminance can be appropriately combined conditions, for example, oxygen concentration of 10 vol % and illuminance of 10000 W/m 2 , oxygen concentration of 35 vol % and illuminance of 20000 W/m 2 , and the like.

硬化膜之形成方法中,對曝光後的著色組成物層進行顯影亦為較佳。尤其,在曝光製程中,在將著色組成物層曝光成圖案狀之情形下,對曝光後的著色組成物層進行顯影,藉此可顯影去除著色組成物層的未曝光部並將硬化膜形成為圖案狀來形成像素。著色組成物層的未曝光部的顯影去除可使用顯影液來進行。藉此,曝光製程中的未曝光部的著色組成物層溶出於顯影液中,只有經光硬化之部分殘留。顯影液的溫度例如20~30℃較佳。顯影時間係20~180秒較佳。又,為了提高殘渣去除性,可以反覆進行複數次每隔60秒甩去顯影液,進而供給新的顯影液之製程。In the formation method of a cured film, it is also preferable to develop the coloring composition layer after exposure. In particular, in the exposure process, when the coloring composition layer is exposed in a pattern, the exposed coloring composition layer is developed, thereby developing and removing the unexposed portion of the coloring composition layer and forming a cured film. Pixels are formed in a pattern. The development and removal of the unexposed portion of the colored composition layer can be performed using a developing solution. Thereby, the coloring composition layer of the unexposed part in the exposure process is dissolved in the developing solution, and only the photohardened part remains. The temperature of the developer is preferably, for example, 20 to 30°C. The development time is preferably 20 to 180 seconds. In addition, in order to improve the residue removal property, the process of shaking off the developer every 60 seconds and supplying a new developer may be repeated several times.

作為顯影液,可列舉有機溶劑、鹼顯影液等,鹼顯影液為較佳。作為鹼顯影液,用純水稀釋鹼劑而得之鹼性水溶液(鹼顯影液)為較佳。作為鹼劑,例如可列舉氨、乙胺、二乙胺、二甲基乙醇胺、二甘醇胺(diglycolamine)、二乙醇胺、羥胺、乙二胺、四甲基氫氧化銨、四乙基氫氧化銨、四丙基氫氧化銨、四丁基氫氧化銨、氫氧化乙基三甲基銨、苄基三甲基氫氧化銨、二甲基雙(2-羥基乙基)氫氧化銨、膽鹼、吡咯、哌啶、1,8-二氮雜雙環-[5.4.0]-7-十一碳烯等有機鹼性化合物、或氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀、碳酸鈉、碳酸氫鈉、矽酸鈉、偏矽酸鈉等無機鹼性化合物。在環境方面及安全方面上,鹼劑係分子量大的化合物為較佳。鹼性水溶液的鹼劑的濃度係0.001~10質量%較佳,0.01~1質量%更佳。又,顯影液還可以含有界面活性劑。作為界面活性劑,可列舉上述界面活性劑,非離子系界面活性劑為較佳。從方便移送或保管等觀點而言,顯影液可以暫時製造成濃縮液,使用時稀釋成所需濃度。稀釋倍率並無特別限定,例如可設定於1.5~100倍的範圍。又,顯影之後用純水進行清洗(沖洗)亦為較佳。又,沖洗藉由使形成有顯影後的著色組成物層之支撐體旋轉的同時向顯影後的著色組成物層供給沖洗液來進行為較佳。又,藉由使吐出沖洗液之噴嘴從支撐體的中心部向支撐體的周緣部移動來進行亦為較佳。此時,在從噴嘴的支撐體中心部向周緣部移動時,可以在逐漸降低噴嘴的移動速度的同時使其移動。藉由以這種方式進行沖洗,能夠抑制沖洗的面內偏差。又,藉由使噴嘴從支撐體中心部向周緣部移動的同時逐漸降低支撐體的轉速亦可獲得相同效果。As a developing solution, an organic solvent, an alkali developing solution, etc. are mentioned, An alkali developing solution is preferable. As the alkali developer, an alkaline aqueous solution (alkaline developer) obtained by diluting an alkali agent with pure water is preferable. Examples of the alkaline agent include ammonia, ethylamine, diethylamine, dimethylethanolamine, diglycolamine, diethanolamine, hydroxylamine, ethylenediamine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, and tetraethylhydroxide Ammonium, Tetrapropylammonium Hydroxide, Tetrabutylammonium Hydroxide, Ethyltrimethylammonium Hydroxide, Benzyltrimethylammonium Hydroxide, Dimethylbis(2-hydroxyethyl)ammonium Hydroxide, Cholesterol Base, pyrrole, piperidine, 1,8-diazabicyclo-[5.4.0]-7-undecene and other organic basic compounds, or sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium bicarbonate, Inorganic basic compounds such as sodium silicate and sodium metasilicate. In terms of environment and safety, the alkaline agent is preferably a compound with a large molecular weight. The concentration of the alkaline agent in the alkaline aqueous solution is preferably 0.001 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 1% by mass. In addition, the developer may contain a surfactant. As a surfactant, the above-mentioned surfactant is mentioned, and a nonionic surfactant is preferable. From the viewpoint of convenient transportation and storage, the developer can be temporarily prepared as a concentrated solution, and can be diluted to a desired concentration at the time of use. The dilution ratio is not particularly limited, but can be set in the range of, for example, 1.5 to 100 times. Moreover, it is also preferable to wash (rinse) with pure water after image development. Moreover, it is preferable to perform rinsing by supplying a rinse liquid to the coloring composition layer after development, rotating the support body in which the coloring composition layer after development was formed. Moreover, it is also preferable to carry out by moving the nozzle which discharges a rinse liquid from the center part of a support body to the peripheral part of a support body. At this time, when moving from the center portion of the support body of the nozzle to the peripheral portion, the nozzle can be moved while gradually reducing the moving speed. By performing rinsing in this manner, in-plane variation in rinsing can be suppressed. Also, the same effect can be obtained by gradually reducing the rotational speed of the support body while moving the nozzle from the center portion of the support body to the peripheral portion.

顯影之後,實施乾燥之後進行追加曝光處理、加熱處理(後烘烤)亦為較佳。追加曝光處理、後烘烤為用於製成完全硬化者之顯影後的硬化處理。After image development, it is also preferable to perform additional exposure treatment and heat treatment (post-baking) after drying. Additional exposure processing and post-baking are hardening processing after development for making a fully hardened one.

在進行後烘烤之情形下,加熱溫度係150℃以下為較佳。加熱溫度的上限係120℃以下為更佳,100℃以下為進一步較佳。關於加熱溫度的下限,只要能夠促進組成物的硬化,則並無特別限制,50℃以上更佳,75℃以上進一步較佳。加熱時間係1分鐘以上為較佳,5分鐘以上更佳,10分鐘以上進一步較佳。上限並無特別限定,但是就生產性的觀點而言,20分鐘以下較佳。後烘烤在非活性氣體的氣氛下進行亦為較佳。依據該態樣,能夠不受氧阻礙而以非常高的效率進行熱聚合,即使在整個製程中在120℃以下的溫度下製造像素之情形下,亦可製造平坦性良好且耐溶劑性等特性優異的像素。作為非活性氣體,可列舉氮氣、氬氣、氦氣等,氮氣為較佳。後烘烤時的氧濃度係100ppm以下為較佳。In the case of post-baking, the heating temperature is preferably 150° C. or lower. The upper limit of the heating temperature is more preferably 120°C or lower, and even more preferably 100°C or lower. The lower limit of the heating temperature is not particularly limited as long as the hardening of the composition can be accelerated, but it is more preferably 50°C or higher, and even more preferably 75°C or higher. The heating time is preferably 1 minute or more, more preferably 5 minutes or more, and even more preferably 10 minutes or more. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of productivity, it is preferably 20 minutes or less. It is also preferable to carry out the post-baking in an atmosphere of an inert gas. According to this aspect, thermal polymerization can be carried out with very high efficiency without being hindered by oxygen, and even when a pixel is produced at a temperature of 120° C. or lower in the entire process, characteristics such as good flatness and solvent resistance can be produced. Excellent pixels. As an inert gas, nitrogen gas, argon gas, helium gas, etc. are mentioned, nitrogen gas is preferable. The oxygen concentration at the time of post-baking is preferably 100 ppm or less.

在進行追加曝光處理之情形下,照射波長254~350nm的光而進行曝光為較佳。作為更佳的態樣,將著色組成物層曝光成圖案狀之製程(顯影前的曝光)中,對著色組成物層照射具有超過350nm且380nm以下的波長之光(較佳為波長355~370nm的光,更佳為i射線)而進行曝光,追加曝光處理(顯影後的曝光)中,對顯影後的著色組成物層照射波長254~350nm的光(較佳為波長254nm的光)而進行曝光為較佳。依據該態樣,能夠藉由第一次曝光(顯影前的曝光)使著色組成物層適當地硬化,並且能夠藉由下一次曝光(顯影後的曝光)使整個著色組成物層幾乎完全硬化,因此其結果,即使在低溫條件下,亦能夠使著色組成物層充分硬化,而形成耐溶劑性、黏附性及圖案的矩形性等特性優異的像素。如此,在以2個階段進行曝光之情形下,著色組成物中,作為光聚合起始劑,使用包含甲醇中的波長365nm的吸光係數為1.0×103 mL/gcm以上的光聚合起始劑和甲醇中的波長365nm的吸光係數為1.0×102 mL/gcm以下且波長254nm的吸光係數為1.0×103 mL/gcm以上的光聚合起始劑者為較佳。When performing an additional exposure process, it is preferable to irradiate the light of wavelength 254-350nm, and perform exposure. As a more preferable aspect, in the process of exposing the coloring composition layer in a pattern (exposure before development), the coloring composition layer is irradiated with light having a wavelength exceeding 350 nm and 380 nm or less (preferably a wavelength of 355 to 370 nm). light, more preferably i-ray), is exposed, and in the additional exposure treatment (exposure after development), the developed coloring composition layer is irradiated with light with a wavelength of 254 to 350 nm (preferably with light with a wavelength of 254 nm). Exposure is better. According to this aspect, the coloring composition layer can be appropriately hardened by the first exposure (exposure before development), and the entire coloring composition layer can be hardened almost completely by the next exposure (exposure after development), As a result, even under low temperature conditions, the colored composition layer can be sufficiently cured, and a pixel excellent in characteristics such as solvent resistance, adhesion, and pattern squareness can be formed. As described above, when exposure is performed in two steps, in the coloring composition, as a photopolymerization initiator, a photopolymerization initiator containing an absorption coefficient of 1.0×10 3 mL/gcm or more at a wavelength of 365 nm in methanol is used. A photopolymerization initiator having an absorption coefficient at a wavelength of 365 nm in methanol of 1.0×10 2 mL/gcm or less and an absorption coefficient at a wavelength of 254 nm of 1.0×10 3 mL/gcm or more is preferable.

關於顯影後的曝光,例如能夠使用紫外線光阻劑硬化裝置來進行。可以從紫外線光阻劑硬化裝置照射例如波長254~350nm的光以及除此以外的光(例如,i射線)。The exposure after image development can be performed, for example, using an ultraviolet photoresist curing apparatus. For example, light having a wavelength of 254 to 350 nm and other light (for example, i-rays) can be irradiated from an ultraviolet photoresist curing device.

顯影後的曝光下的曝光量(照射量)為30~4000mJ/cm2 為較佳,50~3500mJ/cm2 為更佳。顯影前的曝光中所使用之光的波長與顯影後的曝光中所使用之光的波長之差係200nm以下為較佳,100~150nm為更佳。The exposure amount (irradiation amount) under exposure after development is preferably 30 to 4000 mJ/cm 2 , and more preferably 50 to 3500 mJ/cm 2 . The difference between the wavelength of light used for exposure before development and the wavelength of light used for exposure after development is preferably 200 nm or less, and more preferably 100 to 150 nm.

<彩色濾光片> 接著,對本發明的彩色濾光片進行說明。本發明的彩色濾光片具有上述本發明的硬化膜。較佳為作為彩色濾光片的著色像素、更佳為作為紅色像素,具有本發明的硬化膜。<Color filter> Next, the color filter of the present invention will be described. The color filter of this invention has the said cured film of this invention. It is preferable that it is a colored pixel as a color filter, and it is more preferable that it has the cured film of this invention as a red pixel.

本發明的彩色濾光片除了本發明的硬化膜的像素以外,還具有其他色相的著色像素為較佳。作為其他色相的著色像素,可列舉藍色像素、綠色像素、黃色像素、洋紅色像素、青色像素等。作為本發明的彩色濾光片的較佳的態樣,可列舉具有由本發明的硬化膜構成之紅色像素、綠色像素及藍色像素之態樣。In addition to the pixel of the cured film of the present invention, the color filter of the present invention is preferably a colored pixel having another hue. Examples of colored pixels of other hues include blue pixels, green pixels, yellow pixels, magenta pixels, cyan pixels, and the like. As a preferable aspect of the color filter of this invention, the aspect which has the red pixel which consists of the cured film of this invention, a green pixel, and a blue pixel is mentioned.

與本發明的硬化膜的像素組合使用為較佳之藍色像素形成用著色組成物,其對波長400~450nm的光的吸光度的最大值Amax11 與對波長475~575nm的光的吸光度的最小值Amin12 之比Amax11 /Amin11 係15以上較佳,20以上更佳,25以上進一步較佳。The coloring composition for blue pixel formation preferably used in combination with the pixel of the cured film of the present invention is the maximum value A max11 of the absorbance for light with a wavelength of 400 to 450 nm and the minimum value of the absorbance for light with a wavelength of 475 to 575 nm. The ratio of A min12 A max11 /A min11 is preferably 15 or more, more preferably 20 or more, and even more preferably 25 or more.

又,將上述綠色像素形成用著色組成物所示的對波長450nm的光的吸光度設為1時,吸光度成為0.3之波長存在於455~505nm的範圍內為較佳,存在於460~500nm的範圍內為更佳,存在於465~495nm的範圍內為進一步較佳,存在於470~490nm的範圍內為特佳。Moreover, when the absorbance to light having a wavelength of 450 nm shown by the coloring composition for forming a green pixel is set to 1, the wavelength at which the absorbance becomes 0.3 preferably exists in the range of 455 to 505 nm, and preferably exists in the range of 460 to 500 nm It is more preferable to exist in the range of 465-495 nm, and it is especially preferable to exist in the range of 470-490 nm.

與本發明的硬化膜的像素組合使用為較佳之藍色像素形成用著色組成物,其對波長550~650nm的光的吸光度的最大值Amax21 與對波長400~500nm的光的吸光度的最小值Amin21 之比Amax21 /Amin21 係10以上較佳,12.5以上更佳,15以上進一步較佳。The coloring composition for blue pixel formation preferably used in combination with the pixel of the cured film of the present invention is the maximum value A max21 of the absorbance for light with a wavelength of 550 to 650 nm and the minimum value of the absorbance for light with a wavelength of 400 to 500 nm. The ratio of A min21 to A max21 / A min21 is preferably 10 or more, more preferably 12.5 or more, and even more preferably 15 or more.

又,將上述藍色像素形成用著色組成物所示的對波長600nm的光的吸光度設為1時,吸光度成為0.3之波長存在於475~555nm的範圍內為較佳,存在於480~540nm的範圍內為更佳,存在於485~525nm的範圍內為進一步較佳,存在於490~510nm的範圍內為特佳。Furthermore, when the absorbance to light having a wavelength of 600 nm shown by the coloring composition for forming a blue pixel is set to 1, the wavelength having absorbance of 0.3 preferably exists in the range of 475 to 555 nm, and preferably exists in the range of 480 to 540 nm. It is more preferable to exist in the range of 485-525 nm, and it is especially preferable to exist in the range of 490-510 nm.

本發明的彩色濾光片能夠用於顯示裝置、CCD(電荷耦合元件)、CMOS(互補型金屬氧化物半導體)等固體攝像元件等。The color filter of the present invention can be used for a display device, a solid-state imaging element such as a CCD (Charge Coupled Device), a CMOS (Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor), or the like.

本發明的彩色濾光片中,本發明的硬化膜的膜厚能夠依據目的而適當地調節,但是0.5~3.0μm為較佳。下限係0.8μm以上為較佳,1.0μm以上為更佳,1.1μm以上為進一步較佳。上限係2.5μm以下為較佳,2.0μm以下為更佳,1.8μm以下為進一步較佳。In the color filter of this invention, although the film thickness of the cured film of this invention can be adjusted suitably according to the objective, 0.5-3.0 micrometers is preferable. The lower limit is preferably 0.8 μm or more, more preferably 1.0 μm or more, and even more preferably 1.1 μm or more. The upper limit is preferably 2.5 μm or less, more preferably 2.0 μm or less, and even more preferably 1.8 μm or less.

本發明的彩色濾光片中,像素的線寬(圖案尺寸)係2.0~10.0μm為較佳。上限係7.5μm以下為較佳,5.0μm以下為更佳,4.0μm以下為進一步較佳。下限係2.25μm以上為較佳,2.5μm以上為更佳,2.75μm以上為進一步較佳。In the color filter of the present invention, the line width (pattern size) of the pixels is preferably 2.0 to 10.0 μm. The upper limit is preferably 7.5 μm or less, more preferably 5.0 μm or less, and even more preferably 4.0 μm or less. The lower limit is preferably 2.25 μm or more, more preferably 2.5 μm or more, and even more preferably 2.75 μm or more.

本發明的彩色濾光片中,可以在本發明的硬化膜的表面設置有保護層。藉由設置保護層,能夠賦予阻氧化、低反射化、親疏水化、特定波長的光(紫外線、近紅外線等)的屏蔽等各種功能。作為保護層的厚度,0.01~10μm為較佳,0.1~5μm為更佳。作為保護層之形成方法,可列舉塗佈溶解於有機溶劑中之樹脂組成物而形成之方法、化學氣相沉積法、用黏合材料貼付所成型之樹脂之方法等。作為構成保護層之成分,可列舉(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂、烯-硫醇樹脂、聚碳酸酯樹脂、聚醚樹脂、聚芳酯樹脂、聚碸樹脂、聚醚碸樹脂、聚苯樹脂、聚伸芳基醚氧化膦樹脂、聚醯亞胺樹脂、聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂、聚烯烴樹脂、環狀烯烴樹脂、聚酯樹脂、苯乙烯樹脂、多元醇樹脂、聚偏二氯乙烯樹脂、三聚氰胺樹脂、胺酯樹脂、芳族聚醯胺樹脂、聚醯胺樹脂、醇酸樹脂、環氧樹脂、改質聚矽氧樹脂、氟樹脂、聚碳酸酯樹脂、聚丙烯腈樹脂、纖維素樹脂、Si、C、W、Al2 O3 、Mo、SiO2 、Si2 N4 等,可以含有兩種以上的該等成分。例如,在以阻擋氧氣為目的之保護層之情況下,保護層包含多元醇樹脂、SiO2 、Si2 N4 為較佳。又,在用於低反射化之保護層之情形下,保護層包含(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂和氟樹脂為較佳。In the color filter of the present invention, a protective layer may be provided on the surface of the cured film of the present invention. By providing the protective layer, various functions such as oxidation resistance, low reflection, hydrophilicity and hydrophobicity, and shielding of specific wavelengths of light (ultraviolet rays, near-infrared rays, etc.) can be imparted. The thickness of the protective layer is preferably 0.01 to 10 μm, more preferably 0.1 to 5 μm. As a method of forming the protective layer, a method of forming by coating a resin composition dissolved in an organic solvent, a chemical vapor deposition method, and a method of attaching the formed resin with an adhesive material, etc. are mentioned. Examples of components constituting the protective layer include (meth)acrylic resins, ene-thiol resins, polycarbonate resins, polyether resins, polyarylate resins, polystyrene resins, polyether resins, polyphenylene resins, polyamide resins Arylene ether phosphine oxide resin, polyimide resin, polyimide resin, polyolefin resin, cyclic olefin resin, polyester resin, styrene resin, polyol resin, polyvinylidene chloride resin, Melamine resin, urethane resin, aromatic polyamide resin, polyamide resin, alkyd resin, epoxy resin, modified polysiloxane resin, fluorine resin, polycarbonate resin, polyacrylonitrile resin, cellulose resin , Si, C, W, Al 2 O 3 , Mo, SiO 2 , Si 2 N 4 , etc., and may contain two or more of these components. For example, in the case of the protective layer for the purpose of blocking oxygen, the protective layer preferably contains polyol resin, SiO 2 and Si 2 N 4 . Moreover, in the case of the protective layer used for low reflection, it is preferable that the protective layer contains a (meth)acrylic resin and a fluororesin.

在塗佈樹脂組成物而形成保護層之情形下,作為樹脂組成物之塗佈方法,能夠使用旋塗法、澆鑄法、網板印刷法、噴墨法等公知的方法。樹脂組成物中所包含之有機溶劑能夠使用公知的有機溶劑(例如,丙二醇1-單甲醚2-乙酸酯、環戊酮、乳酸乙酯等)。在藉由化學氣相沉積法形成保護層之情形下,作為化學氣相沉積法,能夠使用公知的化學氣相沉積法(熱化學氣相沉積法、電漿化學氣相沉積法、光化學氣相沉積法)。When a resin composition is applied to form a protective layer, known methods such as spin coating, casting, screen printing, and inkjet method can be used as a method for applying the resin composition. As the organic solvent contained in the resin composition, a known organic solvent (for example, propylene glycol 1-monomethyl ether 2-acetate, cyclopentanone, ethyl lactate, etc.) can be used. When the protective layer is formed by chemical vapor deposition, known chemical vapor deposition methods (thermal chemical vapor deposition, plasma chemical vapor deposition, photochemical vapor deposition, etc.) can be used as the chemical vapor deposition method. phase deposition method).

依據需要,保護層還可以含有有機微粒、無機微粒、特定波長的光(例如,紫外線、近紅外線等)的吸收劑、折射率調節劑、抗氧化劑、黏附劑、界面活性劑等添加劑。作為有機微粒的例子,可列舉高分子微粒(例如,聚矽氧樹脂微粒、聚苯乙烯微粒、三聚氰胺樹脂微粒),作為無機微粒的例子,可列舉氧化鈦、氧化鋅、氧化鋯、氧化銦、氧化鋁、氮化鈦、氧氮化鈦、氟化鎂、中空二氧化矽、二氧化矽、碳酸鈣、硫酸鋇等。特定波長的光的吸收劑能夠使用公知的吸收劑。對於該等添加劑的含量,能夠適當地進行調節,但是相對於保護層的總質量,係0.1~70質量%為較佳,1~60質量%為進一步較佳。The protective layer may also contain additives such as organic fine particles, inorganic fine particles, light absorbers of specific wavelengths (eg, ultraviolet, near-infrared, etc.), refractive index modifiers, antioxidants, adhesives, and surfactants, as required. Examples of organic fine particles include polymer fine particles (for example, polysiloxane fine particles, polystyrene fine particles, melamine resin fine particles), and examples of inorganic fine particles include titanium oxide, zinc oxide, zirconium oxide, indium oxide, Alumina, titanium nitride, titanium oxynitride, magnesium fluoride, hollow silicon dioxide, silicon dioxide, calcium carbonate, barium sulfate, etc. As the absorber of light of a specific wavelength, a known absorber can be used. Although content of these additives can be adjusted suitably, 0.1-70 mass % is preferable with respect to the total mass of a protective layer, and 1-60 mass % is more preferable.

又,作為保護層,還能夠使用日本特開2017-151176號的段落0073~0092中所記載之保護層。Moreover, as a protective layer, the protective layer described in the paragraphs 0073-0092 of Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 2017-151176 can also be used.

彩色濾光片可以具有基底層。關於基底層的表面接觸角,在用二碘甲烷進行測量時,20~70°為較佳。又,在用水進行測量時,30~80°為較佳。若基底層的表面接觸角在上述範圍內,則著色組成物的塗佈性良好。關於基底層的表面接觸角的調節,例如,能夠藉由添加界面活性劑等的方法來進行。The color filter may have a base layer. The surface contact angle of the base layer is preferably 20 to 70° when measured with diiodomethane. Moreover, when measuring with water, 30-80 degrees are preferable. When the surface contact angle of the base layer is within the above-mentioned range, the coating properties of the coloring composition are favorable. The adjustment of the surface contact angle of the base layer can be performed, for example, by adding a surfactant or the like.

彩色濾光片亦可以具有如下結構:在藉由隔壁例如以方格狀隔開之空間嵌入有各著色像素。The color filter may have a structure in which each coloring pixel is embedded in a space partitioned by a partition wall, for example, in a lattice shape.

<顯示裝置> 本發明的圖像顯示裝置具有上述之本發明的硬化膜。作為顯示裝置,可列舉液晶顯示裝置或有機電致發光顯示裝置等。關於顯示裝置的定義或各顯示裝置的詳細內容,例如記載於“電子顯示器設備(佐佐木昭夫著,Kogyo Chosakai Publishing Co.,Ltd.,1990年發行)”、“顯示器設備(伊吹順章著,Sangyo Tosho Publishing Co.,Ltd.,1989年發行)”等。又,關於液晶顯示裝置,例如記載於“下一代液晶顯示器技術(內田龍男編輯,Kogyo Chosakai Publishing Co.,Ltd.,1994年發行)”。對能夠適用本發明之液晶顯示裝置並沒有特別限制,例如能夠適用於上述的《下一代液晶顯示器技術》中所記載之各種方式的液晶顯示裝置。<Display device> The image display device of this invention has the above-mentioned cured film of this invention. As a display device, a liquid crystal display device, an organic electroluminescence display device, etc. are mentioned. The definition of a display device or the details of each display device are described in, for example, "Electronic Display Devices (Akio Sasaki, Kogyo Chosakai Publishing Co., Ltd., published in 1990)", "Display Devices (Ibuki Junsho, Sangyo Tosho Publishing Co., Ltd., issued in 1989)" etc. In addition, the liquid crystal display device is described in, for example, "Next-generation liquid crystal display technology (edited by Tatsuo Uchida, published by Kogyo Chosakai Publishing Co., Ltd., published in 1994)." The liquid crystal display device to which the present invention can be applied is not particularly limited, and for example, it can be applied to liquid crystal display devices of various types described in the above-mentioned "Next Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology".

有機電致發光顯示裝置可以為具有由白色有機電致發光元件組成之光源者。作為白色有機電致發光元件,串聯(tandem)結構為較佳。關於有機電致發光元件的串聯結構,記載於日本特開2003-045676號、三上明義監修、“有機EL技術開發的最前線-高亮度•高精度•長夀命化•技巧集-”、Technical Information Institute Co.,Ltd.、第326頁~第328頁、2008年等。有機EL元件所發出之白色光的光譜係在藍色區域(430nm~485nm)、綠色區域(530nm~580nm)及黃色區域(580nm~620nm)具有較強的極大發光峰者為較佳。除了該等發光峰以外,還在紅色區域(650nm~700nm)具有極大發光峰者為更佳。 [實施例]The organic electroluminescence display device may be one having a light source composed of white organic electroluminescence elements. As a white organic electroluminescence element, a tandem structure is preferable. Regarding the tandem structure of organic electroluminescence elements, it is described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2003-045676, supervised by Akiyoshi Mikami, "Frontline of Organic EL Technology Development - High Brightness, High Precision, Long Life, and Collection of Techniques-", Technical Information Institute Co., Ltd., pp. 326-328, 2008, etc. The spectrum of the white light emitted by the organic EL element has strong maximum emission peaks in the blue region (430 nm to 485 nm), the green region (530 nm to 580 nm), and the yellow region (580 nm to 620 nm). In addition to these emission peaks, those having a maximum emission peak in the red region (650 nm to 700 nm) are more preferable. [Example]

以下,舉出實施例對本發明進行具體的說明。以下實施例所示之材料、使用量、比例、處理內容、處理步驟等,只要不脫離本發明的趣旨,則能夠適當變更。因此,本發明的範圍並不限定於以下所示之具體例。Hereinafter, an Example is given and this invention is demonstrated concretely. The materials, usage amounts, ratios, processing contents, processing steps, etc. shown in the following examples can be appropriately changed without departing from the gist of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the present invention is not limited to the specific examples shown below.

<重量平均分子量(Mw)的測量> 關於測量試樣的重量平均分子量(Mw),依據以下條件,藉由凝膠滲透層析法(GPC)進行了測量。 管柱的種類:將TOSOH TSKgel Super HZM-H、TOSOH TSKgel Super HZ4000及TOSOH TSKgel Super HZ2000連結而成之管柱 展開溶劑:四氫呋喃 管柱溫度:40℃ 流量(樣品注入量):1.0μL(樣品濃度為0.1質量%) 裝置名稱:TOSOH CORPORATION製造的HLC-8220GPC 檢測器:RI(折射率)檢測器 校準曲線基礎樹脂:聚苯乙烯樹脂<Measurement of weight average molecular weight (Mw)> The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the measurement sample was measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC) under the following conditions. Type of column: A column formed by connecting TOSOH TSKgel Super HZM-H, TOSOH TSKgel Super HZ4000 and TOSOH TSKgel Super HZ2000 Developing solvent: tetrahydrofuran Column temperature: 40℃ Flow rate (sample injection amount): 1.0 μL (sample concentration: 0.1 mass %) Device name: HLC-8220GPC manufactured by TOSOH CORPORATION Detector: RI (Refractive Index) detector Calibration Curve Base Resin: Polystyrene Resin

<著色劑溶液之製備> 均勻地攪拌混合下述表中所記載之原料之後,使用直徑為1mm的二氧化鋯珠,利用EIGER研磨機(EIGER Japan公司製造的“Mini Model M-250MKII”)分散了5小時。然後,用孔徑為5μm的過濾器進行過濾來製備了著色劑溶液P-R1、P-R2、P-R3、P-R4、P-R5及P-RC1。下述表中以質量份示出各原料的摻合量。空欄表示不包含在內。<Preparation of colorant solution> After uniformly stirring and mixing the raw materials described in the following table, dispersion was carried out for 5 hours with an EIGER mill (“Mini Model M-250MKII” manufactured by EIGER Japan) using zirconia beads having a diameter of 1 mm. Then, the colorant solutions P-R1, P-R2, P-R3, P-R4, P-R5, and P-RC1 were prepared by filtering with a filter having a pore diameter of 5 μm. In the following table, the blending amount of each raw material is shown in parts by mass. An empty column means not included.

表1   著色劑溶液 P-R1 P-R2 P-R3 P-R4 P-R5 P-Rc1 紅色著色劑 PR177 10.5 8.41     5.25   PR264     10.5       PR269       10.5     PR254         5.25   PR7           5.95 黃色著色劑 PY139 1.04 3.13 1.04 1.04 1.04 5.59 分散劑1 2.29 2.29 2.29 2.29 2.29 2.29 分散劑2 7.66 7.66 7.66 7.66 7.66 7.66 顏料衍生物1 2.69 2.69 2.69 2.69 2.69 2.69 環己酮 75.82 75.82 75.82 75.82 75.82 75.82 Table 1 colorant solution P-R1 P-R2 P-R3 P-R4 P-R5 P-Rc1 red colorant PR177 10.5 8.41 5.25 PR264 10.5 PR269 10.5 PR254 5.25 PR7 5.95 yellow colorant PY139 1.04 3.13 1.04 1.04 1.04 5.59 Dispersant 1 2.29 2.29 2.29 2.29 2.29 2.29 Dispersant 2 7.66 7.66 7.66 7.66 7.66 7.66 Pigment Derivative 1 2.69 2.69 2.69 2.69 2.69 2.69 Cyclohexanone 75.82 75.82 75.82 75.82 75.82 75.82

表中的簡稱所表示之原料如下述。 (紅色著色劑) PR177:C.I.Pigment Red 177(紅色顏料) PR264:C.I.Pigment Red 264(紅色顏料) PR269:C.I.Pigment Red 269(紅色顏料) PR254:C.I.Pigment Red 254(紅色顏料) PR7:C.I.Pigment Red 7(紅色顏料)The raw materials indicated by the abbreviations in the table are as follows. (red colorant) PR177: C.I.Pigment Red 177 (red pigment) PR264: C.I.Pigment Red 264 (red pigment) PR269: C.I.Pigment Red 269 (red pigment) PR254: C.I.Pigment Red 254 (red pigment) PR7: C.I.Pigment Red 7 (red pigment)

(黃色著色劑) PY139:C.I.Pigment Yellow 139(黃色顏料)(yellow colorant) PY139: C.I.Pigment Yellow 139 (yellow pigment)

(分散劑) 分散劑1:Solsperse 20000(The Lubrizol Corporation製造) 分散劑2:藉由以下方法製備之樹脂溶液D2 向具備攪拌機、溫度計、滴加裝置、迴流冷卻器、氣體導入管之反應容器中放入環己酮90.0質量份,一邊向容器中注入氮氣一邊加熱至60℃,在相同溫度下經2小時滴加甲基丙烯酸20.0質量份、甲基丙烯酸甲酯10.0質量份、甲基丙烯酸正丁酯55.0質量份、甲基丙烯酸苄酯15質量份、2,2’-偶氮雙異丁腈2.5質量份的混合物並進行了聚合反應。滴加結束之後,進而在60℃的條件下反應1小時之後,添加將2,2’-偶氮雙異丁腈0.5質量份溶解於丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯(PGMEA)10.0質量份中而得者,然後在相同溫度下持續攪拌3小時而獲得了樹脂(共聚物)。冷卻至室溫之後,利用環己酮進行稀釋,藉此獲得了固體成分濃度20%的樹脂溶液D2。所獲得之樹脂(共聚物)的重量平均分子量為30000。(Dispersant) Dispersant 1: Solsperse 20000 (manufactured by The Lubrizol Corporation) Dispersant 2: Resin solution D2 prepared by the following method 90.0 parts by mass of cyclohexanone was placed in a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a reflux cooler, and a gas introduction tube, and the vessel was heated to 60° C. while injecting nitrogen gas, and was added dropwise at the same temperature over 2 hours. 20.0 parts by mass of methacrylic acid, 10.0 parts by mass of methyl methacrylate, 55.0 parts by mass of n-butyl methacrylate, 15 parts by mass of benzyl methacrylate, and 2.5 parts by mass of 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile mixture and polymerized. After the dropwise addition was completed, and further reacted at 60° C. for 1 hour, 0.5 parts by mass of 2,2′-azobisisobutyronitrile was dissolved in 10.0 parts by mass of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA) to be added. Then, stirring was continued at the same temperature for 3 hours to obtain a resin (copolymer). After cooling to room temperature, it diluted with cyclohexanone, and obtained the resin solution D2 of 20% of solid content concentration. The weight average molecular weight of the obtained resin (copolymer) was 30,000.

(顏料衍生物) 顏料衍生物1:下述結構的化合物

Figure 02_image051
(Pigment Derivative) Pigment Derivative 1: Compound of the following structure
Figure 02_image051

<著色組成物的製備> 將以下所示之原料進行混合,並進行攪拌之後,使用孔徑為0.45μm的尼龍製過濾器(Nihon Pall Ltd.製造)進行過濾而製備了著色組成物。<Preparation of coloring composition> The raw materials shown below were mixed and stirred, and then filtered using a nylon filter (manufactured by Nihon Pall Ltd.) having a pore diameter of 0.45 μm to prepare a colored composition.

表2   著色劑溶液 光聚合起始劑 樹脂溶液 聚合性化合物 溶劑 種類 含量 (質量份) 種類 含量 (質量份) 種類 含量 (質量份) 種類 含量 (質量份) 種類 含量 (質量份) 實施例1 P-R1 65 I-1 2 A-1 5.5 M-1 2.6 S-1 19.4 實施例2 P-R2 65 I-1 2 A-1 5.5 M-1 2.6 S-1 19.4 實施例3 P-R3 65 I-1 2 A-1 5.5 M-1 2.6 S-1 19.4 實施例4 P-R4 65 I-1 2 A-1 5.5 M-1 2.6 S-1 19.4 實施例5 P-R5 65 I-1 2 A-1 5.5 M-1 2.6 S-1 19.4 實施例6 P-R1 65 I-1 2 A-2 5.5 M-1 2.6 S-1 19.4 實施例7 P-R1 65 I-1 2 A-3 5.5 M-1 2.6 S-1 19.4 實施例8 P-R1 65 I-1 2 A-4 5.5 M-1 2.6 S-1 19.4 實施例9 P-R1 65 I-1 2 A-5 5.5 M-1 2.6 S-1 19.4 實施例10 P-R1 65 I-1 2 A-6 5.5 M-1 2.6 S-1 19.4 實施例11 P-R1 65 I-1 2 A-7 5.5 M-1 2.6 S-1 19.4 實施例12 P-R1 65 I-1 2 A-8 5.5 M-1 2.6 S-1 19.4 實施例13 P-R1 65 I-1 2 A-9 5.5 M-1 2.6 S-1 19.4 實施例14 P-R1 65 I-1 2 A-10 5.5 M-1 2.6 S-1 19.4 實施例15 P-R1 65 I-1 2 A-11 5.5 M-1 2.6 S-1 19.4 實施例16 P-R1 65 I-1 2 A-1 5.5 M-1 2.6 S-1 S-2 9.7 9.7 實施例17 P-R1 65 I-1 2 A-1 5.5 M-1 M-2 1.3 1.3 S-1 19.4 實施例18 P-R1 65 I-1 2 A-1 5.5 M-3 2.6 S-1 19.4 實施例19 P-R1 65 I-1 I-2 1 1 A-1 5.5 M-1 2.6 S-1 19.4 實施例20 P-R1 65 I-3 2 A-1 5.5 M-1 2.6 S-1 19.4 實施例21 P-R1 65 I-1 2 A-12 5.5 M-1 2.6 S-1 19.4 比較例1 P-Rc1 65 I-1 2 A-1 5.5 M-1 2.6 S-1 19.4 比較例2 P-R1 65 I-1 2 D-1 5.5 M-1 2.6 S-1 19.4 Table 2 colorant solution photopolymerization initiator resin solution polymeric compound solvent type Content (mass parts) type Content (mass parts) type Content (mass parts) type Content (mass parts) type Content (mass parts) Example 1 P-R1 65 I-1 2 A-1 5.5 M-1 2.6 S-1 19.4 Example 2 P-R2 65 I-1 2 A-1 5.5 M-1 2.6 S-1 19.4 Example 3 P-R3 65 I-1 2 A-1 5.5 M-1 2.6 S-1 19.4 Example 4 P-R4 65 I-1 2 A-1 5.5 M-1 2.6 S-1 19.4 Example 5 P-R5 65 I-1 2 A-1 5.5 M-1 2.6 S-1 19.4 Example 6 P-R1 65 I-1 2 A-2 5.5 M-1 2.6 S-1 19.4 Example 7 P-R1 65 I-1 2 A-3 5.5 M-1 2.6 S-1 19.4 Example 8 P-R1 65 I-1 2 A-4 5.5 M-1 2.6 S-1 19.4 Example 9 P-R1 65 I-1 2 A-5 5.5 M-1 2.6 S-1 19.4 Example 10 P-R1 65 I-1 2 A-6 5.5 M-1 2.6 S-1 19.4 Example 11 P-R1 65 I-1 2 A-7 5.5 M-1 2.6 S-1 19.4 Example 12 P-R1 65 I-1 2 A-8 5.5 M-1 2.6 S-1 19.4 Example 13 P-R1 65 I-1 2 A-9 5.5 M-1 2.6 S-1 19.4 Example 14 P-R1 65 I-1 2 A-10 5.5 M-1 2.6 S-1 19.4 Example 15 P-R1 65 I-1 2 A-11 5.5 M-1 2.6 S-1 19.4 Example 16 P-R1 65 I-1 2 A-1 5.5 M-1 2.6 S-1 S-2 9.7 9.7 Example 17 P-R1 65 I-1 2 A-1 5.5 M-1 M-2 1.3 1.3 S-1 19.4 Example 18 P-R1 65 I-1 2 A-1 5.5 M-3 2.6 S-1 19.4 Example 19 P-R1 65 I-1 I-2 1 1 A-1 5.5 M-1 2.6 S-1 19.4 Example 20 P-R1 65 I-3 2 A-1 5.5 M-1 2.6 S-1 19.4 Example 21 P-R1 65 I-1 2 A-12 5.5 M-1 2.6 S-1 19.4 Comparative Example 1 P-Rc1 65 I-1 2 A-1 5.5 M-1 2.6 S-1 19.4 Comparative Example 2 P-R1 65 I-1 2 D-1 5.5 M-1 2.6 S-1 19.4

表中的簡稱所表示之原料如下述。 (著色劑溶液) P-R1~P-R5、P-Rc1:上述製造之著色劑溶液P-R1~P-R5、P-Rc1The raw materials indicated by the abbreviations in the table are as follows. (colorant solution) P-R1 to P-R5, P-Rc1: colorant solutions P-R1 to P-R5, P-Rc1 prepared above

(光聚合起始劑) I-1:Irgacure OXE02(BASF公司製,下述結構的化合物) I-2:Omnirad 2959(IGM Resins B.V.公司製造,下述結構的化合物) I-3:下述結構的化合物。

Figure 02_image053
(Photopolymerization initiator) I-1: Irgacure OXE02 (manufactured by BASF, a compound of the following structure) I-2: Omnirad 2959 (manufactured by IGM Resins BV, a compound of the following structure) I-3: The following structure compound of.
Figure 02_image053

(樹脂溶液) A-1~A-9:下述結構的樹脂的40質量%PGMEA溶液 樹脂溶液A-1藉由以下方法來製備。亦即,在將溫度計、冷卻管、氮氣導入管、滴加管及攪拌裝置安裝於可分離式4頸燒瓶而成之反應容器中投入207質量份的PGMEA,升溫至80℃,將反應容器內置換成氮之後,從滴加管經2小時滴加了苯乙烯16質量份、甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯75質量份、甲基丙烯酸二環戊酯2質量份、甲基丙烯酸甲酯10質量份及2,2’-偶氮雙異丁腈1.33質量份的混合物。滴加結束後,進一步持續反應3小時,從而獲得了下述結構的樹脂。冷卻至室溫後,用PGMEA稀釋以將固體成分濃度調整為40質量%,從而製備了樹脂溶液A-1。 樹脂溶液A-2~A-9分別以與樹脂溶液A-1相同的方法製備。

Figure 02_image055
(Resin solution) A-1 to A-9: 40 mass % PGMEA solution of resin of the following structure Resin solution A-1 was prepared by the following method. That is, 207 parts by mass of PGMEA was put into a reaction vessel in which a thermometer, a cooling tube, a nitrogen introduction tube, a drip tube, and a stirring device were attached to a separable 4-neck flask, the temperature was raised to 80° C., and the reaction vessel was built into the reaction vessel. After changing to nitrogen, 16 parts by mass of styrene, 75 parts by mass of glycidyl methacrylate, 2 parts by mass of dicyclopentyl methacrylate, and 10 parts by mass of methyl methacrylate were added dropwise from the dropping tube over 2 hours. and a mixture of 1.33 parts by mass of 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile. After completion of the dropwise addition, the reaction was continued for further 3 hours, whereby a resin having the following structure was obtained. After cooling to room temperature, the resin solution A-1 was prepared by diluting with PGMEA to adjust the solid content concentration to 40% by mass. Resin solutions A-2 to A-9 were prepared in the same manner as resin solution A-1, respectively.
Figure 02_image055

A-10:下述結構的樹脂的40質量%PGMEA溶液。

Figure 02_image057
A-10: 40 mass % PGMEA solution of resin of the following structure.
Figure 02_image057

A-11:下述結構的樹脂的40質量%PGMEA溶液。

Figure 02_image059
A-11: 40 mass % PGMEA solution of the resin of the following structure.
Figure 02_image059

A-12:下述結構的樹脂的40質量%PGMEA溶液。

Figure 02_image061
A-12: 40 mass % PGMEA solution of resin of the following structure.
Figure 02_image061

D-1:下述結構的樹脂的40質量%PGMEA溶液。

Figure 02_image063
D-1: 40 mass % PGMEA solution of resin of the following structure.
Figure 02_image063

將各樹脂的重量平均分子量、環狀醚基的含量、酸基的含量、酸基被保護基保護之基團的含量分別記載於下述表。又,對於樹脂A-1~A-10、A-12、D-1,將環狀醚基的含量相對於酸基的含量的比例的值記載於含量比欄中。又,對於樹脂A-11,環狀醚基的含量相對於酸基與酸基被保護基保護之基團的合計含量的比例的值記載於含量比欄。 表3   重量平均分子量 環狀醚基的含量 (mmol/g) 酸基的含量 (mmol/g) 酸基被保護基保護之基團的含量 (mmol/g) 含量比 A-1 11000 5.33 1.05 0 5.08 A-2 11500 6.33 0.70 0 9.04 A-3 11300 6.33 0.46 0 13.76 A-4 10800 6.33 1.16 0 5.46 A-5 11800 6.68 0.40 0 16.70 A-6 10500 3.50 1.16 0 3.02 A-7 10800 2.52 1.16 0 2.17 A-8 11000 2.52 2.32 0 1.09 A-9 11200 1.41 3.48 0 0.41 A-10 10000 3.95 0.95 0 4.16 A-11 10800 5.33 0.40 0.705 4.82 A-12 9800 3.83 1.25 0 3.06 D-1 10600 3.09 2.28 0 1.36 The weight-average molecular weight of each resin, the content of the cyclic ether group, the content of the acid group, and the content of the group in which the acid group is protected by a protecting group are recorded in the following tables, respectively. Moreover, about resin A-1-A-10, A-12, D-1, the value of the ratio of the content of a cyclic ether group with respect to the content of an acid group is described in the content ratio column. In addition, with respect to resin A-11, the value of the ratio of the content of the cyclic ether group to the total content of the acid group and the group in which the acid group is protected by a protective group is described in the content ratio column. table 3 weight average molecular weight Content of cyclic ether group (mmol/g) Content of acid group (mmol/g) The content of the acid group protected by the protecting group (mmol/g) Content ratio A-1 11000 5.33 1.05 0 5.08 A-2 11500 6.33 0.70 0 9.04 A-3 11300 6.33 0.46 0 13.76 A-4 10800 6.33 1.16 0 5.46 A-5 11800 6.68 0.40 0 16.70 A-6 10500 3.50 1.16 0 3.02 A-7 10800 2.52 1.16 0 2.17 A-8 11000 2.52 2.32 0 1.09 A-9 11200 1.41 3.48 0 0.41 A-10 10000 3.95 0.95 0 4.16 A-11 10800 5.33 0.40 0.705 4.82 A-12 9800 3.83 1.25 0 3.06 D-1 10600 3.09 2.28 0 1.36

(聚合性化合物) M-1:ARONIX M-402(TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.製造,雙季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯與雙季戊四醇五丙烯酸酯的混合物) M-2:下述結構的化合物(a+b+c=3)

Figure 02_image065
M-3:NK ESTER A-TMMT(Shin Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.製)(Polymerizable compound) M-1: ARONIX M-402 (manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD., a mixture of bis-pentaerythritol hexaacrylate and bis-pentaerythritol pentaacrylate) M-2: Compound of the following structure (a+b+ c=3)
Figure 02_image065
M-3: NK ESTER A-TMMT (manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.)

(溶劑) S-1:丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯(PGMEA) S-2:丙二醇單甲醚(PGME)(solvent) S-1: Propylene Glycol Monomethyl Ether Acetate (PGMEA) S-2: Propylene Glycol Monomethyl Ether (PGME)

<分光的評價> 使用旋塗機,將各著色組成物塗佈於玻璃基板上,以使乾燥後的膜厚成為2μm,並在100℃的加熱板上乾燥了2分鐘。接著,使用超高壓水銀燈,在曝光照度為20mW/cm2 、曝光量為1J/cm2 的條件下進行了曝光。然後,在100℃的加熱板上加熱20分鐘,並進行自然冷卻,而形成了硬化膜。在硬化膜之製作中,基板的溫度在整個製程中在20~100℃的範圍內。關於所獲得之硬化膜,使用紫外可見近紅外分光光度計(UV3600,Shimadzu Corporation製造),將基準源電路(reference)作為玻璃基板,測量波長300~800nm的範圍的光的吸光度,將對波長400~500nm的光的吸光度的最大值Amax1 與對波長550~700nm的光的吸光度的最小值Amin1 之比Amax1 /Amin1 (以下,稱為吸光度比1)、對波長500nm的光的吸光度設為1時,分別測量了吸光度成為0.3之波長(以下,稱為波長1)。<Evaluation of Spectroscopy> Using a spin coater, each coloring composition was applied on a glass substrate so that the film thickness after drying was 2 μm, and dried on a hot plate at 100° C. for 2 minutes. Next, using an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp, exposure was performed under the conditions of an exposure illuminance of 20 mW/cm 2 and an exposure amount of 1 J/cm 2 . Then, it heated on the hotplate of 100 degreeC for 20 minutes, and it cooled naturally, and formed the cured film. In the production of the cured film, the temperature of the substrate is in the range of 20-100° C. in the whole process. About the obtained cured film, using an ultraviolet-visible-near-infrared spectrophotometer (UV3600, manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation), a reference source circuit (reference) was used as a glass substrate, and the absorbance of light in the range of wavelength 300 to 800 nm was measured. The ratio A max1 /A min1 (hereinafter referred to as absorbance ratio 1) of the maximum value A max1 of the absorbance of light with a wavelength of 550 to 700 nm and the minimum value A min1 of the absorbance of light with a wavelength of 550 to 700 nm, and the absorbance of light with a wavelength of 500 nm When set to 1, the wavelength at which the absorbance becomes 0.3 (hereinafter, referred to as wavelength 1) was measured, respectively.

<混色的評價> 使用旋塗機,將各著色組成物塗佈於玻璃基板上,以使乾燥後的膜厚成為2μm,並在100℃的加熱板上乾燥了2分鐘。接著,使用超高壓水銀燈,在曝光照度為20mW/cm2 、曝光量為100mJ/cm2 的條件下進行了曝光。接著,使用氫氧化四甲基銨(TMAH)0.3質量%水溶液,在23℃的條件下進行了60秒鐘的旋覆浸沒顯影。然後,藉由旋轉噴淋進行沖洗,進而用純水進行了水洗。然後,在100℃的加熱板上加熱20分鐘,並進行自然冷卻,而形成了硬化膜。使用MCPD-3000(Otsuka Electronics Co.,Ltd.製造),測量了所獲得之硬化膜的波長450nm的光的透射率(T1)。 接著,使用旋塗機,在該硬化膜上塗佈混色評價用著色組成物,以使乾燥後的膜厚成為2μm,並在100℃的加熱板上乾燥2分鐘而形成混色評價用著色組成物的塗膜,從而形成了積層膜。關於混色評價用著色組成物,使用了後述之實施例1001的藍色像素的形成中所使用之藍色著色組成物。 接著,將形成有該積層膜之玻璃基板載置於旋轉/噴淋顯影機(DW-30型,Chemitronics Co., Ltd.製造)的水平旋轉台上,並使用CD-2000(FUJIFILM Electronic Materials Co.,Ltd.製造)的60%稀釋液在23℃的條件下進行60秒鐘的旋覆浸沒顯影,顯影去除了形成於硬化膜上之混色評價用著色組成物的塗膜。接著,藉由真空吸盤方式將前述玻璃基板固定於水平旋轉台上,藉由旋轉裝置使玻璃基板以50rpm的轉速進行旋轉的同時自其旋轉中心的上方從噴嘴以噴淋狀供給純水並進行沖洗處理,然後進行了噴霧乾燥。 使用MCPD-3000(Otsuka Electronics Co.,Ltd.製造),測量了顯影去除混色評價用著色組成物的塗膜之後的上述硬化膜的波長450nm的光的透射率(T2)。 依據下述式計算透射率的變化率,並依據下述評價標準評價了混色。 透射率的變化率(%)={|透射率(T1)-透射率(T2)|/透射率(T1)}×100 S:透射率的變化率小於0.1% A:透射率的變化率為0.1%以上且小於0.25% B:透射率的變化率為0.25%以上且小於1% C:透射率的變化率為1%以上且小於2.5% D:透射率的變化率為2.5%以上且小於5% E:透射率的變化率為5%以上<Evaluation of color mixing> Using a spin coater, each coloring composition was applied on a glass substrate so that the film thickness after drying was 2 μm, and dried on a hot plate at 100° C. for 2 minutes. Next, using an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp, exposure was performed under the conditions of an exposure illuminance of 20 mW/cm 2 and an exposure amount of 100 mJ/cm 2 . Next, using a 0.3 mass % aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH), spin-on immersion development was performed on the condition of 23° C. for 60 seconds. Then, it rinsed with a rotary shower, and also rinsed with pure water. Then, it heated on the hotplate of 100 degreeC for 20 minutes, and it cooled naturally, and formed the cured film. Using MCPD-3000 (manufactured by Otsuka Electronics Co., Ltd.), the transmittance (T1) of light having a wavelength of 450 nm of the obtained cured film was measured. Next, using a spin coater, the cured film was coated with a coloring composition for color mixing evaluation so that the film thickness after drying was 2 μm, and dried on a hot plate at 100° C. for 2 minutes to form a coloring composition for color mixing evaluation. coating film to form a laminated film. As the coloring composition for color mixture evaluation, the blue coloring composition used for formation of the blue pixel of Example 1001 described later was used. Next, the glass substrate on which the laminated film was formed was placed on a horizontal turntable of a spin/shower developer (Model DW-30, manufactured by Chemitronics Co., Ltd.), and a CD-2000 (FUJIFILM Electronic Materials Co., Ltd.) was used. ., Ltd. product) was subjected to spin-on immersion development for 60 seconds at 23° C., and the coating film of the coloring composition for color mixing evaluation formed on the cured film was removed by development. Next, the above-mentioned glass substrate was fixed on a horizontal turntable by a vacuum chuck method, and the glass substrate was rotated at a rotational speed of 50 rpm by a rotating device while supplying pure water in a spray form from a nozzle from above the rotation center to perform the operation. Rinse treatment followed by spray drying. Using MCPD-3000 (manufactured by Otsuka Electronics Co., Ltd.), the transmittance (T2) of light having a wavelength of 450 nm of the cured film after developing and removing the coating film of the coloring composition for color mixing evaluation was measured. The rate of change in transmittance was calculated according to the following formula, and color mixing was evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria. Change rate of transmittance (%)={|Transmittance(T1)-Transmittance(T2)|/Transmittance(T1)}×100 S: Change rate of transmittance is less than 0.1% A: Change rate of transmittance 0.1% or more and less than 0.25% B: The change rate of transmittance is 0.25% or more and less than 1% C: The change rate of transmittance is 1% or more and less than 2.5% D: The change rate of transmittance is 2.5% or more and less than 5% E: The change rate of transmittance is 5% or more

<保存穩定性的評價> 利用TOKI SANGYO CO.,LTD.製造的“RE-85L”測量了在上述獲得之剛製造之後的著色組成物的黏度(V1 )。將該著色組成物在40℃的溫度條件下靜放3天之後,測量了黏度(V2 )。依據下述式計算增黏率,並依據下述評價標準評價了保存穩定性。著色組成物的黏度在將溫度調節至23℃之狀態下進行了測量。評價標準如下,評價結果記載於下述表中。 增黏率(%)={(黏度(V2 )-黏度(V1 ))/黏度(V1 )}×100 S:增黏率小於0.1% A:增黏率為0.1%以上且小於0.25% B:增黏率為0.25%以上且小於1% C:增黏率為1%以上且小於2.5% D:增黏率為2.5%以上且小於5% E:增黏率為5%以上<Evaluation of Storage Stability> The viscosity (V 1 ) of the coloring composition obtained immediately after production was measured using “RE-85L” manufactured by TOKI SANGYO CO., LTD. The viscosity (V 2 ) was measured after the coloring composition was allowed to stand at a temperature of 40° C. for 3 days. The viscosity increase rate was calculated according to the following formula, and the storage stability was evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria. The viscosity of the coloring composition was measured in a state where the temperature was adjusted to 23°C. The evaluation criteria are as follows, and the evaluation results are described in the following table. Viscosity increase rate (%)={(viscosity (V 2 )-viscosity (V 1 ))/viscosity (V 1 )}×100 S: viscosity increase rate is less than 0.1% A: viscosity increase rate is more than 0.1% and less than 0.25 % B: The viscosity increase rate is 0.25% or more and less than 1% C: The viscosity increase rate is 1% or more and less than 2.5% D: The viscosity increase rate is 2.5% or more and less than 5% E: The viscosity increase rate is 5% or more

表4   吸光度比1 波長1(nm) 混色 保存穩定性 實施例1 230 589 A A 實施例2 195 576 A B 實施例3 195 580 A A 實施例4 180 577 A B 實施例5 170 608 A A 實施例6 230 589 A A 實施例7 230 589 A B 實施例8 230 589 S C 實施例9 230 589 B D 實施例10 230 589 A B 實施例11 230 589 C A 實施例12 230 589 B B 實施例13 230 589 C B 實施例14 230 589 B S 實施例15 230 589 B S 實施例16 230 589 A A 實施例17 230 589 A A 實施例18 230 589 A A 實施例19 230 589 A A 實施例20 230 589 A A 實施例21 230 589 B A 比較例1 23 532 A E 比較例2 230 589 E A Table 4 Absorbance ratio 1 Wavelength 1 (nm) mixed color storage stability Example 1 230 589 A A Example 2 195 576 A B Example 3 195 580 A A Example 4 180 577 A B Example 5 170 608 A A Example 6 230 589 A A Example 7 230 589 A B Example 8 230 589 S C Example 9 230 589 B D Example 10 230 589 A B Example 11 230 589 C A Example 12 230 589 B B Example 13 230 589 C B Example 14 230 589 B S Example 15 230 589 B S Example 16 230 589 A A Example 17 230 589 A A Example 18 230 589 A A Example 19 230 589 A A Example 20 230 589 A A Example 21 230 589 B A Comparative Example 1 twenty three 532 A E Comparative Example 2 230 589 E A

如上述表所示,實施例能夠以高水準同時實現混色及保存穩定性。As shown in the above table, the examples can achieve both color mixing and storage stability at a high level.

即使在向各實施例的著色組成物添加本說明書中所記載之氟系界面活性劑或矽酮系界面活性劑之情況下,亦可獲得相同的效果。Even when the fluorine-based surfactant or the silicone-based surfactant described in this specification is added to the coloring composition of each example, the same effect can be obtained.

<實施例1001> 藉由旋塗法在矽晶圓上塗佈綠色著色組成物,以使製膜之後的膜厚成為1.0μm。接著,使用加熱板,在100℃的條件下加熱了2分鐘。接著,使用i射線步進曝光裝置FPA-3000i5+(Canon Inc.製造),以1000mJ/cm2 的曝光量經由12μm見方的點圖案的遮罩進行了曝光。接著,使用氫氧化四甲基銨(TMAH)0.3質量%水溶液,在23℃的條件下進行了60秒鐘的旋覆浸沒顯影。然後,藉由旋轉噴淋進行沖洗,進而用純水進行了水洗。接著,在100℃的加熱板上加熱20分鐘,並進行自然冷卻,而形成了綠色的著色圖案(綠色像素)。同樣地,將紅色著色組成物、藍色著色組成物依序進行圖案化,分別形成紅色的著色圖案(紅色像素)、藍色的著色圖案(藍色像素)而製作了彩色濾光片。 作為紅色著色組成物,使用了實施例1的著色組成物。關於綠色著色組成物及藍色著色組成物,將在後面敘述。依據公知的方法將所獲得之彩色濾光片組裝到有機電致發光顯示裝置中。該有機電致發光顯示裝置具有較佳的圖像識別能力。<Example 1001> The green coloring composition was applied on a silicon wafer by spin coating so that the film thickness after film formation was 1.0 μm. Next, using a hotplate, it heated on the condition of 100 degreeC for 2 minutes. Next, using an i-ray stepper FPA-3000i5+ (manufactured by Canon Inc.), exposure was performed at an exposure amount of 1000 mJ/cm 2 through a mask of a 12 μm square dot pattern. Next, using a 0.3 mass % aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH), spin-on immersion development was performed on the condition of 23° C. for 60 seconds. Then, it rinsed with a rotary shower, and also rinsed with pure water. Next, it heated for 20 minutes on a 100 degreeC hotplate, and it cooled naturally, and formed the green coloring pattern (green pixel). Similarly, the red coloring composition and the blue coloring composition were sequentially patterned, and a red coloring pattern (red pixel) and a blue coloring pattern (blue pixel) were formed, respectively, and a color filter was produced. As the red coloring composition, the coloring composition of Example 1 was used. The green coloring composition and the blue coloring composition will be described later. The obtained color filter is assembled into an organic electroluminescence display device according to a known method. The organic electroluminescence display device has better image recognition capability.

[綠色著色組成物] 混合下述成分,並進行攪拌之後,用孔徑為0.45μm的尼龍製過濾器(Nihon Pall Ltd.製造)進行過濾,製備了綠色著色組成物。 Green(綠色)顏料分散液……85質量份 光聚合起始劑(Irgacure OXE02,BASF公司製造)……1.04質量份 光聚合起始劑(Omnirad 2959,IGM Resins B.V.公司製造)……0.77質量份 樹脂溶液1……0.9質量份 含有呋喃基之化合物溶液1……1.4質量份 聚合性化合物(下述結構的化合物)……2.04質量份

Figure 02_image067
界面活性劑(下述結構的化合物,Mw=14000,表示重複單元的比例之%的數值為莫耳%,氟系界面活性劑)……0.008質量份
Figure 02_image069
丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯……8.8質量份[Green Coloring Composition] The following components were mixed and stirred, and then filtered through a nylon filter (manufactured by Nihon Pall Ltd.) having a pore diameter of 0.45 μm to prepare a green coloring composition. Green pigment dispersion liquid...85 parts by mass of a photopolymerization initiator (Irgacure OXE02, manufactured by BASF Corporation)...1.04 parts by mass of a photopolymerization initiator (Omnirad 2959, manufactured by IGM Resins BV Corporation)...0.77 parts by mass Resin solution 1...0.9 parts by mass Furan group-containing compound solution 1...1.4 parts by mass polymerizable compound (compound of the following structure)...2.04 parts by mass
Figure 02_image067
Surfactant (compound of the following structure, Mw=14000, the value representing the percentage of repeating units is mol%, fluorine-based surfactant) ...... 0.008 parts by mass
Figure 02_image069
Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate...8.8 parts by mass

[藍色著色組成物] 混合下述成分,並進行攪拌之後,用孔徑為0.45μm的尼龍製過濾器(Nihon Pall Ltd.製造)進行過濾,製備了藍色著色組成物。 Blue(藍色)顏料分散液      ……51.0質量份 光聚合起始劑(Irgacure OXE01,BASF公司製造)……2.17質量份 光聚合起始劑(Omnirad 2959,IGM Resins B.V.公司製造)……0.83質量份 樹脂溶液1……4.1質量份 含有呋喃基之化合物溶液1……6.2質量份 聚合性化合物(下述結構的化合物)……2.5質量份

Figure 02_image071
界面活性劑(KF-6001,Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,LTD.製造)……0.008質量份 乙酸丁酯……33.2質量份[Blue Colored Composition] The following components were mixed and stirred, and then filtered through a nylon filter (manufactured by Nihon Pall Ltd.) having a pore diameter of 0.45 μm to prepare a blue colored composition. Blue (blue) pigment dispersion liquid...51.0 parts by mass of a photopolymerization initiator (Irgacure OXE01, manufactured by BASF Corporation)...2.17 parts by mass of a photopolymerization initiator (Omnirad 2959, manufactured by IGM Resins BV Corporation)...0.83 mass Parts of resin solution 1...4.1 parts by mass of furan group-containing compound solution 1...6.2 parts by mass of polymerizable compound (compound of the following structure)...2.5 parts by mass
Figure 02_image071
Surfactant (KF-6001, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., LTD.)...0.008 parts by mass Butyl acetate...33.2 parts by mass

用於綠色著色組成物及藍色著色組成物之製備之Green顏料分散液、Blue顏料分散液、樹脂溶液1、含有呋喃基之化合物溶液1如下述。The Green pigment dispersion liquid, the Blue pigment dispersion liquid, the resin solution 1, and the furan group-containing compound solution 1 used for the preparation of the green coloring composition and the blue coloring composition are as follows.

(Green顏料分散液) 藉由珠磨機(二氧化鋯珠的直徑為0.3mm),經3小時混合及分散包含7.4質量份的C.I.Pigment Green 36、5.2質量份的C.I.Pigment Yellow 185、1.4質量份的顏料衍生物1、4.86質量份的分散劑1、81.14質量份的PGMEA之混合液,從而製備了顏料分散液。然後,進而使用附減壓機構之高壓分散機NANO-3000-10(Nippon BEE Co.,Ltd.製造),在2000kg/cm3 的壓力下以流量500g/min進行了分散處理。將該分散處理重複進行10次,獲得了Green顏料分散液。(Green Pigment Dispersion Liquid) By a bead mill (the diameter of zirconia beads is 0.3 mm), a mixture containing 7.4 parts by mass of CI Pigment Green 36, 5.2 parts by mass of CI Pigment Yellow 185, and 1.4 parts by mass was mixed and dispersed over 3 hours. Pigment dispersion liquid was prepared by a mixed liquid of pigment derivative 1, 4.86 parts by mass of dispersant 1, and 81.14 parts by mass of PGMEA. Then, using a high-pressure disperser NANO-3000-10 (manufactured by Nippon BEE Co., Ltd.) with a decompression mechanism, dispersion treatment was performed at a flow rate of 500 g/min under a pressure of 2000 kg/cm 3 . This dispersion treatment was repeated 10 times to obtain a Green pigment dispersion liquid.

顏料衍生物1:下述結構的化合物

Figure 02_image073
分散劑1:下述結構的樹脂。標註在主鏈的括號之數值表示各重複單元的莫耳比,標註在側鏈的括號之數值表示重複單元的重複數。重量平均分子量為24000。
Figure 02_image075
Pigment Derivative 1: Compound of the following structure
Figure 02_image073
Dispersant 1: Resin of the following structure. The numerical value in parentheses in the main chain indicates the molar ratio of each repeating unit, and the numerical value in parentheses in the side chain indicates the number of repetitions of the repeating unit. The weight average molecular weight was 24,000.
Figure 02_image075

(Blue顏料分散液) 藉由珠磨機(二氧化鋯珠的直徑為0.3mm),經3小時混合及分散包含9.5質量份的C.I.Pigment Blue 15:6、5.0質量份的C.I.Pigment Violet 23、5.5質量份的分散劑1、80.0質量份的PGMEA之混合液,從而製備了顏料分散液。然後,進而使用附減壓機構之高壓分散機NANO-3000-10(Nippon BEE Co.,Ltd.製造),在2000kg/cm3 的壓力下以流量500g/min進行了分散處理。將該分散處理重複進行10次,獲得了Blue顏料分散液。(Blue Pigment Dispersion) Mix and disperse 9.5 parts by mass of CIPigment Blue 15:6, 5.0 parts by mass of CIPigment Violet 23, 5.5 parts by mass by a bead mill (the diameter of zirconia beads is 0.3 mm) over 3 hours 1 part of dispersant and 80.0 parts by mass of PGMEA mixed solution to prepare a pigment dispersion. Then, using a high-pressure disperser NANO-3000-10 (manufactured by Nippon BEE Co., Ltd.) with a decompression mechanism, dispersion treatment was performed at a flow rate of 500 g/min under a pressure of 2000 kg/cm 3 . This dispersion treatment was repeated 10 times to obtain a Blue pigment dispersion liquid.

(樹脂溶液1) 藉由下述方法合成之樹脂A的30質量%PGMEA溶液 向具備溫度計、冷卻管、氮氣導入管、滴加管及攪拌裝置之分離式4口燒瓶中裝入環己酮70.0質量份,並升溫至80℃,用氮置換燒瓶內部之後,藉由滴加管經2小時滴加了甲基丙烯酸正丁酯13.3質量份、甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯4.6質量份、甲基丙烯酸4.3質量份、對枯基苯酚環氧乙烷改質丙烯酸酯(TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.製造,ARONIX M110)7.4質量份及2,2’-偶氮雙異丁腈0.4質量份的混合物。滴加結束之後,進而持續反應3小時來合成樹脂A(Mw=26000),並利用PGMEA進行稀釋,藉此獲得了樹脂A的30質量%PGMEA溶液。(Resin solution 1) 30 mass % PGMEA solution of resin A synthesized by the following method 70.0 parts by mass of cyclohexanone was placed in a separable 4-necked flask equipped with a thermometer, a cooling tube, a nitrogen introduction tube, a dripping tube, and a stirring device, the temperature was raised to 80° C., and the inside of the flask was replaced with nitrogen, and then added dropwise. 13.3 parts by mass of n-butyl methacrylate, 4.6 parts by mass of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 4.3 parts by mass of methacrylic acid, p-cumylphenol ethylene oxide modified acrylate (TOAGOSEI CO., LTD. product, ARONIX M110) 7.4 parts by mass and a mixture of 0.4 parts by mass of 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile. After completion of the dropwise addition, the reaction was continued for 3 hours to synthesize resin A (Mw=26000) and diluted with PGMEA to obtain a 30 mass % PGMEA solution of resin A.

(含有呋喃基之化合物溶液1) 藉由下述方法合成之含有呋喃基之化合物F1的20質量%PGMEA溶液 向具備攪拌機、溫度計、滴加裝置、迴流冷卻器、氣體導入管之反應容器中放入PGMEA90.0質量份,一邊向容器中注入氮氣一邊加熱至60℃,在相同溫度下經2小時滴加甲基丙烯酸糠酯50.0質量份、2-甲基丙烯醯氧基乙基丁二酸26.7質量份、甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯23.3質量份、2,2’-偶氮雙(2,4-二甲基戊腈)2.5質量份的混合物並進行了聚合反應。滴加結束之後,進而在60℃的條件下反應1小時之後,添加將2,2’-偶氮雙(2,4-二甲基戊腈)0.5質量份溶解於PGMEA10.0質量份中而得者,然後在相同溫度下持續攪拌3小時而獲得了共聚物。冷卻至室溫之後,利用PGMEA進行稀釋,藉此獲得了含有呋喃基之化合物F1(Mw=52000)的20質量%PGMEA溶液。(Furanyl-containing compound solution 1) 20 mass % PGMEA solution of furan group-containing compound F1 synthesized by the following method 90.0 parts by mass of PGMEA was put into a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a reflux cooler, and a gas introduction tube, and the vessel was heated to 60° C. while injecting nitrogen gas, and was added dropwise at the same temperature over 2 hours. 50.0 parts by mass of furfuryl methacrylate, 26.7 parts by mass of 2-methacryloyloxyethylsuccinic acid, 23.3 parts by mass of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 2,2'-azobis(2,4 - dimethylvaleronitrile) 2.5 parts by mass of the mixture and subjected to a polymerization reaction. After completion of the dropwise addition, and after further reacting on the condition of 60° C. for 1 hour, 0.5 parts by mass of 2,2′-azobis(2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile) was dissolved in 10.0 parts by mass of PGMEA to be added. Then, stirring was continued at the same temperature for 3 hours to obtain a copolymer. After cooling to room temperature, it diluted with PGMEA, and obtained the 20 mass % PGMEA solution of furan group-containing compound F1 (Mw=52000).

Claims (13)

一種著色組成物,包含含有紅色著色劑之著色劑、樹脂、聚合性化合物及光聚合起始劑,其中 所述樹脂包含含有重複單元A和重複單元B之樹脂EP,所述重複單元A具有選自式由(e-1)表示之基團及由式(e-2)表示之基團中的至少一個環狀醚基A,所述重複單元B選自具有酸基之重複單元B-1及具有酸基被保護基保護之基團之重複單元B-2中之至少一個, 所述著色組成物之對波長400~500 nm的光的吸光度的最大值Amax1 與對波長550~700 nm的光的吸光度的最小值Amin1 之比Amax1 /Amin1 為25以上, 將對波長500 nm的光的吸光度設為1時,吸光度成為0.3之波長存在於570~620 nm的範圍內,
Figure 03_image077
式(e-1)中,RE1 表示氫原子或烷基,n表示0或1,*表示鍵結鍵, 式(e-2)中,環AE1 表示單環的脂肪族烴環,*表示鍵結鍵。
A coloring composition comprising a colorant containing a red colorant, a resin, a polymerizable compound and a photopolymerization initiator, wherein the resin comprises a resin EP containing a repeating unit A and a repeating unit B, and the repeating unit A has an optional At least one cyclic ether group A in the group represented by the formula (e-1) and the group represented by the formula (e-2), the repeating unit B is selected from the repeating unit B-1 having an acid group and at least one of the repeating units B-2 having an acid group protected by a protecting group, the maximum value Amax1 of the absorbance for light with a wavelength of 400 to 500 nm of the coloring composition and the maximum value Amax1 for light with a wavelength of 550 to 700 nm When the ratio A max1 /A min1 of the minimum value A min1 of the absorbance of the light is 25 or more, and when the absorbance of light with a wavelength of 500 nm is set to 1, the wavelength at which the absorbance becomes 0.3 exists in the range of 570 to 620 nm,
Figure 03_image077
In formula (e-1), R E1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, n represents 0 or 1, * represents a bond, in formula (e-2), ring A E1 represents a monocyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon ring, * Represents a bond key.
如請求項1所述之著色組成物,其中 所述樹脂EP中,所述環狀醚基A的含量為2.0~6.5 mmol/g,所述酸基的含量與所述酸基被保護基保護之基團的含量的合計為0.45~2.35 mmol/g。The coloring composition according to claim 1, wherein In the resin EP, the content of the cyclic ether group A is 2.0-6.5 mmol/g, and the total content of the acid group and the content of the acid group protected by the protecting group is 0.45-2.35 mmol/g /g. 如請求項1所述之著色組成物,其中 所述樹脂EP的所述環狀醚基A的含量、所述酸基的含量及所述酸基被保護基保護之基團的含量滿足下述式(1)的條件, 1.0≤(樹脂EP的所述環狀醚基A的含量(單位:mmol/g)/(樹脂EP的所述酸基的含量(單位:mmol/g)+(樹脂EP的所述酸基被保護基保護之基團的含量(單位:mmol/g))≤14.0    ……(1)。The coloring composition according to claim 1, wherein The content of the cyclic ether group A, the content of the acid group and the content of the group protected by the protecting group of the resin EP satisfy the conditions of the following formula (1), 1.0≤(The content of the cyclic ether group A of the resin EP (unit: mmol/g)/(the content of the acid group of the resin EP (unit: mmol/g) + (the acid group of the resin EP is The content of the group protected by the protecting group (unit: mmol/g))≤14.0  …(1). 如請求項1~3中任一項所述之著色組成物,其中 所述酸基為酚性羥基或羧基。The coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein The acid group is a phenolic hydroxyl group or a carboxyl group. 如請求項1~3中任一項所述之著色組成物,其中 所述保護基為由式(Y1)~(Y5)中的任一個表示之基團, 式(Y1):-C(RY1 )(RY2 )(RY3 ) 式(Y2):-C(=O)OC(RY4 )(RY5 )(RY6 ) 式(Y3):-C(RY7 )(RY8 )(ORY9 ) 式(Y4):-C(RY10 )(H)(ArY1 ) 式(Y5):-C(=O)(RY11 ) 式(Y1)中,RY1 ~RY3 分別獨立地表示烷基,RY1 ~RY3 中的2個可以鍵結而形成環, 式(Y2)中,RY4 ~RY6 分別獨立地表示烷基,RY4 ~RY6 中的2個可以鍵結而形成環, 式(Y3)中,RY7 及RY8 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基或芳基,RY7 及RY8 中的至少一個為烷基或芳基,RY9 表示烷基或芳基,RY7 或RY8 與RY9 可以鍵結而形成環, 式(Y4)中,ArY1 表示芳基,RY10 表示烷基或芳基, 式(Y5)中,RY11 表示烷基或芳基。The coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the protecting group is a group represented by any one of formulae (Y1) to (Y5), formula (Y1): -C(R Y1 )(R Y2 )(R Y3 ) Formula (Y2): -C(=O)OC(R Y4 )(R Y5 )(R Y6 ) Formula (Y3): -C(R Y7 )(R Y8 )( OR Y9 ) Formula (Y4): -C(R Y10 )(H)(Ar Y1 ) Formula (Y5): -C(=O)(R Y11 ) In formula (Y1), R Y1 to R Y3 are independently Represents an alkyl group, and two of R Y1 to R Y3 may be bonded to form a ring. In formula (Y2), R Y4 to R Y6 each independently represent an alkyl group, and two of R Y4 to R Y6 may be bonded to each other. In formula (Y3), R Y7 and R Y8 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, at least one of R Y7 and R Y8 is an alkyl group or an aryl group, and R Y9 represents an alkyl group or Aryl, R Y7 or R Y8 and R Y9 can be bonded to form a ring, in formula (Y4), Ar Y1 represents an aryl group, R Y10 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, in formula (Y5), R Y11 represents an alkyl group or aryl. 如請求項1~3中任一項所述之著色組成物,其中 所述著色劑進一步包含黃色著色劑。The coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein The colorant further includes a yellow colorant. 如請求項1~3中任一項所述之著色組成物,其中 所述著色劑中的所述紅色著色劑的含量為70質量%以上。The coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein The content of the red colorant in the colorant is 70% by mass or more. 如請求項1~3中任一項所述之著色組成物,其係用於在整個製程中在150℃以下的溫度下形成硬化膜。The coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, which is used for forming a cured film at a temperature of 150° C. or lower in the entire process. 如請求項1~3中任一項所述之著色組成物,其係用於彩色濾光片。The coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, which is used for a color filter. 如請求項1~3中任一項所述之著色組成物,其係用於顯示裝置。The coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, which is used in a display device. 一種硬化膜,其係藉由將請求項1~10中任一項所述之著色組成物硬化而獲得。A cured film obtained by curing the coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 10. 一種彩色濾光片,其係具有請求項11所述之硬化膜。A color filter having the hardened film described in claim 11. 一種顯示裝置,其係具有請求項11所述之硬化膜。A display device having the cured film of claim 11.
TW110131501A 2020-08-31 2021-08-25 Coloring composition, cured film, color filter, and display device TW202210527A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2020145362 2020-08-31
JP2020-145362 2020-08-31

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW202210527A true TW202210527A (en) 2022-03-16

Family

ID=80355139

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW110131501A TW202210527A (en) 2020-08-31 2021-08-25 Coloring composition, cured film, color filter, and display device

Country Status (4)

Country Link
JP (1) JPWO2022044972A1 (en)
CN (1) CN115803682A (en)
TW (1) TW202210527A (en)
WO (1) WO2022044972A1 (en)

Family Cites Families (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH09325209A (en) * 1996-06-06 1997-12-16 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Color filter for lcd display device
JP3924872B2 (en) * 1997-04-28 2007-06-06 住友化学株式会社 Red composition for color filter and color filter
JP4710703B2 (en) * 2006-04-21 2011-06-29 Jsr株式会社 Radiation-sensitive composition for forming colored layer, color filter, and color liquid crystal display element
WO2019142415A1 (en) * 2018-01-19 2019-07-25 昭和電工株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition for color filter, color filter, image display element and method for manufacturing color filter
KR20190108235A (en) * 2018-03-14 2019-09-24 동우 화인켐 주식회사 A red colored photosensitive resin composition, color filter and image display device produced using the same
JP7212921B2 (en) * 2018-10-09 2023-01-26 山陽色素株式会社 Coloring composition for color filter containing dark sub-pigment

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN115803682A (en) 2023-03-14
JPWO2022044972A1 (en) 2022-03-03
WO2022044972A1 (en) 2022-03-03

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2022202204A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
JP7376617B2 (en) Color filter, color filter manufacturing method, solid-state image sensor and display device
WO2022168741A1 (en) Colored composition, film, optical filter, solid imaging element, image display device, and compound
WO2022168742A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and compound
JP7220776B2 (en) Coloring composition, cured film, structure, color filter and display device
TW202212260A (en) Photosensitive composition, film, color filter, solid imaging element and image display device
WO2020066919A1 (en) Colored composition, method for forming cured film, method for manufacturing color filter, and method for manufacturing display device
KR102672437B1 (en) Coloring compositions, cured films, color filters and display devices
JP7301989B2 (en) Coloring composition, cured film, color filter and display device
TW202210527A (en) Coloring composition, cured film, color filter, and display device
KR102668934B1 (en) Coloring compositions, cured films, structures, color filters and display devices
JP7376609B2 (en) Colored compositions, cured films, structures, color filters and display devices
WO2022196401A1 (en) Coloring composition, cured film, color filter, and display device
TW202212493A (en) Coloring composition, cured film, structure body, color filter, and display device
WO2023037828A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and compound
WO2022181158A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, color filter and solid-state imaging device
WO2023008352A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging device, image display device, and dye multimer
WO2023100585A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, color filter, display device, and structural body
CN116917778A (en) Coloring composition, cured film, color filter and display device
WO2023085056A1 (en) Curable composition, method for producing curable composition, film, optical device, image sensor, solid-state imaging device, image display device, and radical polymerization initiator
KR20230067652A (en) Coloring compositions, films, color filters, optical sensors and display devices
WO2023157740A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
WO2023162790A1 (en) Colored composition, film, color filter, solid imaging element, image display device, and compound
WO2023228791A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element and image display device
JP2022119701A (en) Photosensitive composition, method for producing photosensitive composition, film, optical filter, solid state image sensor and image display device